gtk/po-properties/de.po

8331 lines
237 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
# German GTK+ translation (property nicks).
# Copyright (C) 1998-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
#
# # IM = Input method => Eingabemethode
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
# combo box - Auswahlfeld
# scrollbar - Bildlaufleiste
# padding - Auffüllung
# spacing - Abstand, Freiraum
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
#
# Daniel Egger <Daniel.Egger@t-online>, 1998.
# Karsten Weiss <karsten@addx.au.s.shuttle.de>, 1999.
# Matthias Warkus <mawarkus@gnome.org>, 2001, 2002.
2004-02-11 17:41:27 +00:00
# Christian Neumair <chris@gnome-de.org>, 2002-2004.
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
# Hendrik Richter <hendrikr@gnome.org>, 2004-2009.
# Hendrik Brandt <heb@gnome-de.org>, 2005.
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
# Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>, 2010, 2011, 2012.
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
# Christian Kirbach <Christian.Kirbach@googlemail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011.
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
# Wolfgang Stöggl <c72578@yahoo.de>, 2011.
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
# Hendrik Knackstedt <hendrik.knackstedt@t-online.de>, 2011.
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
"Project-Id-Version: GTK+ master\n"
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gtk%"
"2b&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-03-13 14:15+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-11 20:17+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com>\n"
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Language-Team: Ubuntu German Translators\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Language: de\n"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.6.1\n"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkapplaunchcontext.c:129 ../gdk/gdkcursor.c:134
#: ../gdk/gdkdevicemanager.c:170
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Display"
msgstr "Anzeige"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkcursor.c:126
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Cursor type"
msgstr "Zeigertyp"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkcursor.c:127
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Standard cursor type"
msgstr "Standard-Zeigertyp"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkcursor.c:135
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Display of this cursor"
msgstr "Anzeige dieses Zeigers"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:109
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Device Display"
msgstr "Vorgabeanzeige"
# CHECK - leicht reagierend? sensibel? bearbeitbar?
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:110
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Display which the device belongs to"
msgstr "Die Anzeige, zu dem das Gerät gehört"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:124
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Device manager"
msgstr "Geräteverwaltung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:125
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Device manager which the device belongs to"
msgstr "Die Geräteverwaltung, zu der das Gerät gehört"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:139 ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:140
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Device name"
msgstr "Gerätename"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:154
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Device type"
msgstr "Gerätetyp"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:155
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Device role in the device manager"
msgstr "Rolle des Gerätes in der Geräteverwaltung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:171
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Associated device"
msgstr "Zugeordnetes Gerät"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:172
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Associated pointer or keyboard with this device"
msgstr "Diesem Gerät zugeordneter Zeiger oder Tastatur"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:185
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Input source"
msgstr "Eingabequelle"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:186
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Source type for the device"
msgstr "Quelltyp für das Gerät"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:201 ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:202
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Input mode for the device"
msgstr "Eingabemodus für das Gerät"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:217
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether the device has a cursor"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob das Gerät einen Eingabezeiger hat"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:218
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether there is a visible cursor following device motion"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob der sichtbare Zeiger der Gerätebewegung folgt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:232 ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:233
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Number of axes in the device"
msgstr "Die Anzahl der Achsen des Geräts"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevicemanager.c:171
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Display for the device manager"
msgstr "Anzeige für die Geräteverwaltung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:163
msgid "Default Display"
msgstr "Vorgabeanzeige"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:164
msgid "The default display for GDK"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Die voreingestellte Anzeige für GDK"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:90
msgid "Font options"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Schrifteinstellungen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:91
msgid "The default font options for the screen"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Optionen der voreingestellten Schrift für den Bildschirm"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:98
msgid "Font resolution"
msgstr "Schriftauflösung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:99
msgid "The resolution for fonts on the screen"
msgstr "Die Auflösung für Schriften auf dem Bildschirm"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkwindow.c:366 ../gdk/gdkwindow.c:367
2009-08-24 22:54:51 +00:00
msgid "Cursor"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Zeiger"
2009-08-24 22:54:51 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:116
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Opcode"
msgstr "Opcode"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:117
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Opcode for XInput2 requests"
msgstr "Opcode für XInput2-Anfragen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:123
msgid "Major"
msgstr ""
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:124
msgid "Major version number"
msgstr ""
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:130
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Monitor"
msgid "Minor"
msgstr "Bildschirm"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:131
msgid "Minor version number"
msgstr ""
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:138
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "Gerätekennung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:139
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Device identifier"
msgstr "Gerätebezeichner"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/a11y/gtkrenderercellaccessible.c:93
msgid "Cell renderer"
msgstr "Zellenrenderer"
# »Accessible« habe wir in Accerciser auch unübersetzt gelassen.
#: ../gtk/a11y/gtkrenderercellaccessible.c:94
msgid "The cell renderer represented by this accessible"
msgstr "Der von diesem Accessible repräsentierte Zellenrenderer"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:323
msgid "Has Opacity Control"
msgstr "Hat Deckkraftregler"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:324
msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
msgstr "Soll der Farbwähler eine Regelung der Deckkraft zulassen?"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:330
msgid "Has palette"
msgstr "Hat Palette"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:331
msgid "Whether a palette should be used"
msgstr "Soll eine Palette verwendet werden?"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:345 ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:205
msgid "Current Color"
msgstr "Aktuelle Farbe"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:346
msgid "The current color"
msgstr "Die aktuelle Farbe"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:352 ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:220
msgid "Current Alpha"
msgstr "Aktuelles Alpha"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:353
msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"Die aktuelle Deckkraft (0 ist völlig transparent, 65535 völlig "
"undurchsichtig)"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:367
msgid "Current RGBA"
msgstr "Aktuelles RGBA"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:368
msgid "The current RGBA color"
msgstr "Die aktuelle RGBA-Farbe"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:138
msgid "Color Selection"
msgstr "Farbauswahl"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:139
msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog."
msgstr "Die in den Dialog eingebundene Farbauswahl."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:145
msgid "OK Button"
msgstr "OK-Knopf"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:146
msgid "The OK button of the dialog."
msgstr "Der OK-Knopf des Dialogs"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:152
msgid "Cancel Button"
msgstr "Abbrechen-Knopf"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:153
msgid "The cancel button of the dialog."
msgstr "Der Abbrechen-Knopf des Dialogs"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:159
msgid "Help Button"
msgstr "Hilfe-Knopf"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:160
msgid "The help button of the dialog."
msgstr "Der Hilfe-Knopf des Dialogs"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:243 ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:450
msgid "Font name"
msgstr "Schriftname"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:244
msgid "The string that represents this font"
msgstr "Die Zeichenkette, die diese Schrift bezeichnet"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:250 ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:91
msgid "Preview text"
msgstr "Vorschautext"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:251 ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:92
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
msgstr ""
"Der Text, der zur Demonstration der gewählten Schrift angezeigt werden soll"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:224 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1065
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:892 ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:216 ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:182
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:614 ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:155
msgid "Shadow type"
msgstr "Schattentyp"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:225
msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
msgstr "Aussehen des Schattens, der den Container umgibt"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:233
msgid "Handle position"
msgstr "Griffposition"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:234
msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
msgstr "Position des Griffs bezüglich des Kind-Widgets"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:242
msgid "Snap edge"
msgstr "Einrastende Seite"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:243
msgid ""
"Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
"handlebox"
msgstr ""
"Die Seite der Griffbox, die in den Rastpunkt eingefädelt wird, um die "
"Griffbox einzurasten"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:251
msgid "Snap edge set"
msgstr "Einrastende Seite einstellen"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:252
msgid ""
"Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from "
"handle_position"
msgstr ""
"Soll der Wert der Eigenschaft »snap_edge« oder ein von »handle_position« "
"abgeleiteter Wert verwendet werden?"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:259
msgid "Child Detached"
msgstr "Kind abgetrennt"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:260
msgid ""
"A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
"detached."
msgstr ""
"Ein Boolescher Wert der angibt, ob das Kind-Element der Griffbox abgetrennt "
"wurde."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkstyle.c:473
msgid "Style context"
msgstr "Stil-Kontext"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkstyle.c:474
msgid "GtkStyleContext to get style from"
msgstr "GtkStyleContext, aus dem der Stil bezogen wird"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:191
msgid "Rows"
msgstr "Zeilen"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:192
msgid "The number of rows in the table"
msgstr "Die Anzahl der Zeilen in der Tabelle"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:200
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "Spalten"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:201
msgid "The number of columns in the table"
msgstr "Die Anzahl der Spalten in der Tabelle"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:209 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1388
msgid "Row spacing"
msgstr "Zeilenabstand"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:210 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1389
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
msgstr "Der Abstand zwischen zwei aufeinander folgenden Zeilen"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:218 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1395
msgid "Column spacing"
msgstr "Spaltenabstand"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:219 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1396
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
msgstr "Der Abstand zwischen zwei aufeinander folgenden Spalten"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:227 ../gtk/gtkbox.c:250
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:564 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1645
msgid "Homogeneous"
msgstr "Gleichmäßig"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:228
msgid "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"
msgstr "Falls WAHR, sind die Tabellenzellen alle gleich breit/hoch"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:235 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1416
msgid "Left attachment"
msgstr "Links anhängen"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:236 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1417 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:726
msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
msgstr ""
"Die Spaltennummer, an die die linke Seite des Kinds angehängt werden soll"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:242
msgid "Right attachment"
msgstr "Rechts anhängen"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:243
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
msgstr ""
"Die Spaltennummer, an die die rechte Seite eines Kind-Widgets angehängt "
"werden soll"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:249 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1423
msgid "Top attachment"
msgstr "Oben anhängen"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:250
msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
msgstr ""
"Die Spaltennummer, an die die obere Seite eines Kind-Widgets angehängt "
"werden soll"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:256
msgid "Bottom attachment"
msgstr "Unten anhängen"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:257 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:750
msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
msgstr ""
"Die Spaltennummer, an die die untere Seite des Kinds angehängt werden soll"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:263
msgid "Horizontal options"
msgstr "Horizontale Optionen"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:264
msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Diese Optionen geben das horizontale Verhalten des Kindes an"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:270
msgid "Vertical options"
msgstr "Vertikale Optionen"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:271
msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Diese Optionen geben das vertikale Verhalten des Kindes an"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:277
msgid "Horizontal padding"
msgstr "Horizontale Auffüllung"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:278
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Zusätzlicher Freiraum zwischen dem Kind und dessen linken und rechten "
"Nachbarn, in Pixel"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:284
msgid "Vertical padding"
msgstr "Vertikale Auffüllung"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:285
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Zusätzlicher Freiraum zwischen dem Kind und dessen oberen und unteren "
"Nachbarn, in Pixel"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:287
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Program name"
msgstr "Programmname"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:288
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
msgstr ""
"Der Name des Programms. Wird dies leer gelassen, so hat es den Wert von "
"g_get_application_name()"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Program version"
msgstr "Programmversion"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:303
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The version of the program"
msgstr "Die Version des Programms"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:317
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Copyright string"
msgstr "Copyright Zeichenkette"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Copyright information for the program"
msgstr "Copyright-Informationen des Programms"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Comments string"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Zeichenkette mit Kommentar"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Comments about the program"
msgstr "Kommentare über dieses Programme"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "License Type"
msgstr "Lizenztyp"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "The license type of the program"
msgstr "Die Lizenz des Programms"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Website URL"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Adresse der Webseite"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:404
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Die Adresse der Webseite des Programms"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:418
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Website label"
msgstr "Titel der Webseite"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:419
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The label for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr "Die Beschriftung der Verknüpfung zur Webseite des Programms"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:435
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Authors"
msgstr "Programm von"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:436
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "List of authors of the program"
msgstr "Autoren des Programms"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:452
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Documenters"
msgstr "Dokumentation von"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:453
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "List of people documenting the program"
msgstr "Autoren der Dokumentation"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:469
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Artists"
msgstr "Grafiken von"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:470
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
msgstr "Personen, die Grafiken für das Programm erstellt haben"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:487
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Translator credits"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgstr "Übersetzung von"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:488
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
msgid ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Übersetzer des Programms. Diese Zeichenkette sollte als übersetzbar "
"markiert werden"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:503
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Logo"
msgstr "Logo"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:504
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
msgstr ""
"Ein Logo für das Info-Fenster. Wird dies leer gelassen, so hat es den Wert "
"von gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:519
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Logo Icon Name"
msgstr "Name des Logo-Symbols"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:520
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
msgstr "Symbol, das für das Info-Fenster verwendet werden soll."
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:533
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
msgid "Wrap license"
msgstr "Lizenz umbrechen"
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:534
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
msgid "Whether to wrap the license text."
msgstr "Legt fest, ob der Lizenztext wenn notwendig umgebrochen wird."
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:185
msgid "Accelerator Closure"
msgstr "Kürzelausdruck"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:186
msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "Der auf Kürzeländerungen hin zu überwachende Ausdruck"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:192
msgid "Accelerator Widget"
msgstr "Kürzel-Widget"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:193
msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "Das auf Kürzeländerungen hin zu überwachende Widget"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccessible.c:158 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:355
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "Widget"
#: ../gtk/gtkaccessible.c:159
msgid "The widget referenced by this accessible."
msgstr "Das von diesem Accessible referenzierte Widget."
#: ../gtk/gtkactionable.c:70
msgid "action name"
msgstr "Aktionsname"
#: ../gtk/gtkactionable.c:71
msgid "The name of the associated action, like 'app.quit'"
msgstr "Der Name der zugeordneten Aktion, wie »app.quit«"
#: ../gtk/gtkactionable.c:75
msgid "action target value"
msgstr "Zielwert der Aktion"
#: ../gtk/gtkactionable.c:76
msgid "The parameter for action invocations"
msgstr "Der Parameter für Aktionsaufrufe"
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:220 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:226 ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:123
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:126 ../gtk/gtkthemingengine.c:250
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Name"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:221
msgid "A unique name for the action."
msgstr "Ein eindeutiger Aktionsname."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:239 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:235 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:288
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:169 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:726 ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:375
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:239 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1592
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Beschriftung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:240
msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die für Menüeinträge und -knöpfe zu verwendende Beschriftung, die diese "
"Aktion auslösen."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:256
msgid "Short label"
msgstr "Kurzbeschriftung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:257
msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Eine kürzere Beschriftung, die auf Werkzeugleistenknöpfen verwendet werden "
"darf."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:265
msgid "Tooltip"
msgstr "Minihilfe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:266
msgid "A tooltip for this action."
msgstr "Eine Minihilfe für diese Aktion."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:281
msgid "Stock Icon"
msgstr "Repertoire-Symbol"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:282
msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Das in Widgets angezeigte Repertoire-Symbol, die diese Aktion repräsentieren."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:302 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:262
msgid "GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:303 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:246
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:309 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:263
msgid "The GIcon being displayed"
msgstr "Das anzuzeigende GIcon"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:323 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:211
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:291 ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:172 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:246
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:778
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Icon Name"
msgstr "Symbolname"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:324 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:212
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:292 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:247
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
msgstr "Der Name des Symbols aus dem Symbolthema der gewählten Schrift"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:331 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:191
msgid "Visible when horizontal"
msgstr "Sichtbar wenn horizontal"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:332 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:192
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Soll das Werkzeugleistenobjekt sichtbar sein, wenn die Werkzeugleiste "
"horizontal ausgerichtet ist?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:347
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Visible when overflown"
msgstr "Sichtbar wenn zu groß"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:348
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar "
"overflow menu."
msgstr ""
"Sollen leere Menüproxys für diese Aktion in der Werkzeugleiste angezeigt "
"werden?"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:355 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:198
msgid "Visible when vertical"
msgstr "Sichtbar wenn horizontal"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:356 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:199
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Soll das Werkzeugleistenobjekt sichtbar sein, wenn die Werkzeugleiste "
"vertikal ausgerichtet ist?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:363 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:205
msgid "Is important"
msgstr "Ist wichtig"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:364
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for "
"this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
msgstr ""
"Wird die Aktion als wichtig angesehen? Falls dem so ist, zeigen "
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
"Werkzeugobjekt-Proxys dieser Aktion Text im Modus »GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ« an."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:372
msgid "Hide if empty"
msgstr "Verbergen falls leer"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:373
msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
msgstr "Sollen leere Menüproxys für diese Aktion verborgen werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:379 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:233
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:291 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1023
msgid "Sensitive"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Sensibel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:380
msgid "Whether the action is enabled."
msgstr "Soll das Widget aktiviert sein?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:386 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:240
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:297 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:247
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1016
msgid "Visible"
msgstr "Sichtbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:387
msgid "Whether the action is visible."
msgstr "Soll die Aktion sichtbar sein?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:393
msgid "Action Group"
msgstr "Aktionsgruppe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:394
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal "
"use)."
msgstr ""
"Die GtkActionGroup, mit der diese GtkAction verknüpft ist, oder NULL (für "
"internen Gebrauch)."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:412 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:192
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Always show image"
msgstr "Bild immer anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:413 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:193
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Whether the image will always be shown"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob das Bild immer angezeigt werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:227
msgid "A name for the action group."
msgstr "Ein Name für die Aktionsgruppe."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:234
msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
msgstr "Ist die Aktionsgruppe aktiviert?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:241
msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
msgstr "Ist die Aktion sichtbar?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:287
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Related Action"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Zugewiesene Aktion"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:288
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Aktion, die dieses aktivierbare Objekt aktiviert und davon "
"Aktualisierungen erhält"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:310
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Use Action Appearance"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Aktionserscheinung verwenden"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:311
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob die zugewiesene Eigenschaft der Aktionserscheinung verwendet "
"werden soll"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:121 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:136
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:218 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:377
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Wert"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:122
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Der Stellgrößenwert"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:138
msgid "Minimum Value"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Mindestwert"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:139
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Der Mindestwert der Stellgröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:158
msgid "Maximum Value"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Höchstwert"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:159
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Der Höchstwert der Stellgröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:175
msgid "Step Increment"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Schrittweite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:176
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Die Schrittweite der Stellgröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:192
msgid "Page Increment"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Seitenweite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:193
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Die Seitenweite der Stellgröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:212
msgid "Page Size"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Seitengröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:213
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Die Seitengröße der Stellgröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:135
msgid "Horizontal alignment"
msgstr "Horizontale Ausrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:136 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:286
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is "
"right aligned"
msgstr ""
"Die vertikale Position des Kindes in der verfügbaren Fläche. Bei 0.0 wird es "
"links-, bei 1.0 rechtsbündig ausgerichtet"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:145
msgid "Vertical alignment"
msgstr "Vertikale Ausrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:146 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:305
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
"bottom aligned"
msgstr ""
"Die vertikale Position des Kindes in der verfügbaren Fläche. Bei 0.0 wird es "
"am oberen, bei 1.0 am unteren Rand ausgerichtet"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:154
msgid "Horizontal scale"
msgstr "Horizontaler Maßstab"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:155
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
"of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Welcher Anteil der verfügbaren horizontalen Fläche soll für das Kind "
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"verwendet werden, falls sie größer als die für das Kind angeforderte ist? "
"0.0 bedeutet keiner, 1.0 alles"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:163
msgid "Vertical scale"
msgstr "Vertikaler Maßstab"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:164
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of "
"it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Welcher Anteil der verfügbaren vertikalen Fläche soll für das Kind verwendet "
"werden, falls sie größer als die für das Kind angeforderte ist? 0.0 bedeutet "
"keiner, 1.0 alles"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:181
msgid "Top Padding"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Auffüllung oben"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:182
msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Die oben am Widget anzufügende Auffüllung."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:198
msgid "Bottom Padding"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Auffüllung unten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:199
msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Die unten am Widget anzufügende Auffüllung."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:215
msgid "Left Padding"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Auffüllung links"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:216
msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Die links am Widget anzufügende Auffüllung."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:232
msgid "Right Padding"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Rechte Auffüllung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:233
msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Die rechts am Widget anzufügende Auffüllung."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:614
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Include an 'Other...' item"
msgstr "Ein »Weitere …«-Objekt einschließen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:615
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the combobox should include an item that triggers a "
"GtkAppChooserDialog"
msgstr ""
"Gibt an, ob das Kombinationsfeld einen Eintrag enthalten soll, der einen "
"GtkAppChooserDialog auslöst"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:631
2011-09-18 15:34:19 +00:00
msgid "Show default item"
2011-09-18 15:37:42 +00:00
msgstr "Vorgabeobjekt anzeigen"
2011-09-18 15:34:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:632
2011-09-18 15:34:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the combobox should show the default application on top"
2011-09-18 15:37:42 +00:00
msgstr "Soll das Auswahlfeld die Vorgabeanwendung oben anzeigen?"
2011-09-18 15:34:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:645 ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:757
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Heading"
msgstr "Kopfzeile"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:646 ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:758
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The text to show at the top of the dialog"
msgstr "Der oben im Dialog anzuzeigende Text"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooser.c:73
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Content type"
msgstr "Inhaltstyp"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooser.c:74
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The content type used by the open with object"
msgstr "Der beim Öffnen des Objekts verwendete Inhaltstyp"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:743
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "GFile"
msgstr "GFile"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:744
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The GFile used by the app chooser dialog"
msgstr "Das GFile, das vom Dateiwählerdialog verwendet werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1023
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Show default app"
msgstr "Vorgabeanwendung anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1024
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show the default application"
msgstr "Soll das Widget die Standardanwendung anzeigen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1038
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Show recommended apps"
msgstr "Empfohlene Anwendung anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1039
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show recommended applications"
msgstr "Soll das Widget empfohlene Anwendungen anzeigen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1053
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Show fallback apps"
msgstr "Ersatzanwendungen anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1054
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show fallback applications"
msgstr "Soll das Widget Ersatzanwendungen anzeigen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1066
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Show other apps"
msgstr "Andere Anwendungen anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1067
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show other applications"
msgstr "Soll das Widget andere Anwendungen anzeigen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1080
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Show all apps"
msgstr "Alle Anwendungen anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1081
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show all applications"
msgstr "Soll das Widget alle Anwendungen anzeigen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1095
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Widget's default text"
msgstr "Vorgabetext des Widgets"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1096
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The default text appearing when there are no applications"
msgstr ""
"Der als Vorgabe erscheinende Text, wenn keine Anwendungen verfügbar sind"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:754
msgid "Register session"
msgstr "Sitzung registrieren"
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:755
msgid "Register with the session manager"
msgstr "In der Sitzungsverwaltung registrieren"
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:760
msgid "Application menu"
msgstr "Anwendungsmenü"
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:761
msgid "The GMenuModel for the application menu"
msgstr "Das GMenuModel für das Anwendungsmenü"
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:767
msgid "Menubar"
msgstr "Menüleiste"
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:768
msgid "The GMenuModel for the menubar"
msgstr "Das GMenuModel für die Menüleiste"
#: ../gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c:952
msgid "Show a menubar"
msgstr "Eine Menüleiste anzeigen"
#: ../gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c:953
msgid "TRUE if the window should show a menubar at the top of the window"
msgstr ""
"WAHR, falls das Fenster im oberen Bereich eine Menüleiste anzeigen soll."
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:110
msgid "Arrow direction"
msgstr "Pfeilrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:111
msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
msgstr "Die Richtung, in die der Pfeil zeigen soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:119
msgid "Arrow shadow"
msgstr "Pfeilschatten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:120
msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
msgstr "Das Aussehen des Schattens um den Pfeil"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:127 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1049 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:763
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:438
msgid "Arrow Scaling"
msgstr "Pfeilskalierung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:128
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow"
msgstr "Der vom Pfeil belegte Platz"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:107 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1211
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
msgstr "Horizontale Ausrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:108
msgid "X alignment of the child"
msgstr "X-Ausrichtung des Kindes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:114 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1227
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
msgstr "Vertikale Ausrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:115
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
msgstr "Y-Ausrichtung des Kindes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:121
msgid "Ratio"
msgstr "Seitenverhältnis"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:122
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
msgstr "Das Seitenverhältnis, falls obey_child FALSCH ist"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:128
msgid "Obey child"
msgstr "Kind gehorchen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:129
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Erzwingen, dass das Seitenverhältnis des Rahmens dem des Kindes entspricht"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:315
msgid "Header Padding"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Auffüllung um Kopf"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:316
msgid "Number of pixels around the header."
msgstr "Anzahl der Pixel um den Kopf."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:323
msgid "Content Padding"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Auffüllung um Inhalt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:324
msgid "Number of pixels around the content pages."
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
msgstr "Anzahl der Pixel um Inhaltsseiten."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:340
msgid "Page type"
msgstr "Seitentyp"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:341
msgid "The type of the assistant page"
msgstr "Der Typ der Druidenseite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:356
msgid "Page title"
msgstr "Titel der Seite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:357
msgid "The title of the assistant page"
msgstr "Der Titel der Druidenseite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:374
msgid "Header image"
msgstr "Kopfbild"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:375
msgid "Header image for the assistant page"
msgstr "Bild im Kopf der Druidenseite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:391
msgid "Sidebar image"
msgstr "Seitenbild"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:392
msgid "Sidebar image for the assistant page"
msgstr "Bild in Seitenleiste der Druidenseite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:408
msgid "Page complete"
msgstr "Seite abgeschlossen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:409
msgid "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob alle benötigten Felder dieser Seite ausgefüllt wurden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:158
msgid "Minimum child width"
msgstr "Minimale Breite des Kindes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:159
msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "Die minimale Breite von Knöpfen im Kasten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:167
msgid "Minimum child height"
msgstr "Minimale Höhe des Kindes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:168
msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "Die minimale Höhe von Knöpfen im Kasten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:176
msgid "Child internal width padding"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Interne Breitenauffüllung des Kindes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:177
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
msgstr "Ausmaß, um das das Kind nach beiden Seiten vergrößert werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:185
msgid "Child internal height padding"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Interne Höhenauffüllung des Kindes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:186
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
msgstr "Ausmaß, um das das Kind nach oben und unten vergrößert werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:194
msgid "Layout style"
msgstr "Anordnungsstil"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:195
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"How to lay out the buttons in the box. Possible values are: spread, edge, "
"start and end"
msgstr ""
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
"Die Anordnung der Knöpfe im Kasten. Mögliche Werte sind »spread« (verteilen), "
"»edge« (Kante), »start« (Anfang) und »end« (Ende)"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:203
msgid "Secondary"
msgstr "Untergeordnet"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:204
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e."
"g., help buttons"
msgstr ""
"Falls WAHR, erscheint das Kind in einer Untergruppe von Kindern, geeignet z."
"B. für Hilfeknöpfe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:211
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Non-Homogeneous"
msgstr "Nicht-Gleichmäßig"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:212
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the child will not be subject to homogeneous sizing"
msgstr ""
"Falls WAHR, wird das Unterobjekt nicht in gleichmäßige Größenänderungen "
"einbezogen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:240 ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:315 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:312
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:510 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:282
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "Abstand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:241
msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgstr "Der Abstand zwischen den Kindern"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:251
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
msgstr "Sollen die Kinder alle gleich groß sein?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:271 ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:335 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:556
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1652 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1069
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:338
msgid "Expand"
msgstr "Ausdehnen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:272
msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Soll dem Kind zusätzlicher Platz zugewiesen werden, wenn das Eltern-Widget "
"wächst?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:288 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1659
msgid "Fill"
2004-01-19 17:12:57 +00:00
msgstr "Füllen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:289
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or "
"used as padding"
msgstr ""
"Soll zusätzlicher, an das Kind übergebener Platz, diesem zugewiesen oder als "
"Auffüllung verwendet werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:296 ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:167
msgid "Padding"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Auffüllung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:297
msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die zwischen dem Kind und dessen Nachbarn einzufügende Auffüllung in Pixel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:303
msgid "Pack type"
msgstr "Packtyp"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:304
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the parent"
msgstr ""
"Der GtkPackType zeigt an, ob das Kind bezüglich des Anfangs oder des Endes "
"des Eltern-Widgets gepackt werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:310 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:765 ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:347
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1673
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Position"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:311 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:766
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
msgstr "Der Index des Kinds im Eltern-Widget"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbuilder.c:305
msgid "Translation Domain"
msgstr "Übersetzungsdomäne"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbuilder.c:306
msgid "The translation domain used by gettext"
msgstr "Die von gettext zu verwendende Übersetzungsdomäne"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:236
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
msgstr ""
"Text des Beschriftungs-Widgets im Knopf, falls der Knopf ein solches enthält"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:243 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:296 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:747
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:390 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:246
msgid "Use underline"
msgstr "Unterstrich verwenden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:244 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:297 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:748
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:391
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"Falls eingeschaltet, bedeutet ein Unterstrich im Text, dass das nächste "
"Zeichen als Tastaturkürzel verwendet werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:251 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:173
msgid "Use stock"
msgstr "Repertoire verwenden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:252
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Falls aktiv, wird die Beschriftung nicht angezeigt, sondern verwendet, um "
"ein Symbol aus dem Repertoire zu wählen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:259 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:855
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:425
msgid "Focus on click"
msgstr "Fokus beim Anklicken"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:260 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:426
msgid "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Soll der Knopf den Fokus erhalten, sobald er mit der Maus angeklickt wurde?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:267
msgid "Border relief"
msgstr "Randrelief"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:268
msgid "The border relief style"
2004-01-19 17:12:57 +00:00
msgstr "Der Reliefstil des Rands"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:285
msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
msgstr "Horizontale Ausrichtung des Kinds"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:304
msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
msgstr "Vertikale Ausrichtung des Kinds"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:321 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:158
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Image widget"
msgstr "Bild-Widget"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:322
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
msgstr "Das Kind-Widget, das neben dem Button-Text erscheint"
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:336
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Image position"
msgstr "Bildposition"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:337
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "The position of the image relative to the text"
msgstr "Position des Bildes bezüglich des Textes"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:460
msgid "Default Spacing"
msgstr "Abstandsvorgabe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:461
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Der zusätzliche Raum für GTK_CAN_DEFAULT-Knöpfe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:475
msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
msgstr "Vorgabeabstand außen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:476
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside "
"the border"
msgstr ""
"Der zusätzliche Raum für GTK_CAN_DEFAULT-Knöpfe, der immer außerhalb des "
"Rands zugegeben werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:481
msgid "Child X Displacement"
msgstr "X-Versatz des Kindes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:482
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Wie weit soll das Kind in horizontaler Richtung versetzt werden, wenn der "
"Knopf gedrückt wird?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:489
msgid "Child Y Displacement"
msgstr "Y-Versatz des Kindes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:490
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Wie weit soll das Kind in vertikaler Richtung versetzt werden, wenn der "
"Knopf gedrückt wird?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:506
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Displace focus"
msgstr "Fokus ersetzen"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:507
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the focus "
"rectangle"
msgstr ""
"Sollen die child_displacement_x/_y-Eigenschaften auch den Bereich des Fokus "
"beeinflussen?"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:523 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:799 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1883
msgid "Inner Border"
msgstr "Innerer Rand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:524
msgid "Border between button edges and child."
msgstr "Rand zwischen den Ecken des Knopfes und dem Kind."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:537
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Image spacing"
msgstr "Bildabstand"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:538
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"
msgstr "Der Abstand zwischen dem Bild und der Beschriftung in Pixel"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:469
msgid "Year"
msgstr "Jahr"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:470
msgid "The selected year"
msgstr "Das gewählte Jahr"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:483
msgid "Month"
msgstr "Monat"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:484
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
msgstr "Der gewählte Monat (als Zahl zwischen 0 und 11)"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:498
msgid "Day"
msgstr "Tag"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:499
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
msgstr ""
"Der gewählte Tag (als Zahl zwischen 1 und 31, oder 0, um den momentan "
"gewählten Tag abzuwählen)"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:513
msgid "Show Heading"
msgstr "Kopfzeile anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:514
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
msgstr "Soll eine Kopfzeile angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:528
msgid "Show Day Names"
msgstr "Wochentagsnamen anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:529
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
msgstr "Sollen die Namen der Wochentage angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:542
msgid "No Month Change"
msgstr "Kein Monatswechsel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:543
msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
msgstr "Soll der gewählte Monat unveränderlich sein?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:557
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
msgstr "Wochennummern anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:558
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
msgstr "Sollen Wochennummern angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:573
msgid "Details Width"
msgstr "Vorgabebreite der Details"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:574
msgid "Details width in characters"
msgstr "Maximale Breite der Details in Zeichen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:589
msgid "Details Height"
msgstr "Vorgabehöhe der Details"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:590
msgid "Details height in rows"
msgstr "Vorgabehöhe der Details in Zeilen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:606
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr "Details anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:607
msgid "If TRUE, details are shown"
msgstr "Sollen die Details angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:619
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Inner border"
msgstr "Innerer Rand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:620
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Inner border space"
msgstr "Abstand des inneren Rands"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:631
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Vertical separation"
msgstr "Vertikale Trennung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:632
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Space between day headers and main area"
msgstr "Abstand zwischen Tagesbeschriftung und Hauptbereich"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:643
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal separation"
msgstr "Horizontale Trennung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:644
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Space between week headers and main area"
msgstr "Abstand zwischen Wochenbeschriftung und Hauptbereich"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:316 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:283
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
msgstr "Zwischen Zellen eingefügter Platz"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:336
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether the cell expands"
msgstr "Soll die Zelle ausgebreitet werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:351
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Align"
msgstr "Ausrichten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:352
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether cell should align with adjacent rows"
msgstr "Soll eine Zelle an benachbarten Zeilen ausgerichtet werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:368
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Fixed Size"
msgstr "Feste Größe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:369
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether cells should be the same size in all rows"
msgstr "Sollen Zellen in allen Zeilen gleich groß sein?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:385
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Pack Type"
msgstr "Packtyp"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:386
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the cell is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the cell area"
msgstr ""
"Der GtkPackType zeigt an, ob die Zelle gepackt werden soll, mit Referenz auf "
"den Beginn oder das Ende des Zellenbereichs"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:803
msgid "Focus Cell"
msgstr "Fokussierte Zelle"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:804
msgid "The cell which currently has focus"
msgstr "Die momentan fokussierte Zelle"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:822
msgid "Edited Cell"
msgstr "Bearbeitete Zelle"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:823
msgid "The cell which is currently being edited"
msgstr "Die momentan bearbeitete Zelle"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:841
msgid "Edit Widget"
msgstr "Widget bearbeiten"
# CHECK
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:842
msgid "The widget currently editing the edited cell"
msgstr "Das Widget, welches derzeit die bearbeitete Zelle bearbeitet"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:117
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Area"
msgstr "Bereich"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:118
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The Cell Area this context was created for"
msgstr "Der Zellenbereich, für den dieser Kontext erstellt wurde"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:134 ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:153
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:310
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Width"
msgstr "Minimale Breite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:135 ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:154
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Minimum cached width"
msgstr "Minimale zwischengespeicherte Breite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:172 ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:191
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Height"
msgstr "Minimale Höhe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:173 ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:192
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Minimum cached height"
msgstr "Minimale zwischengespeicherte Höhe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:51
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Editing Canceled"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Bearbeitung abgebrochen"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:52
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Gibt an, dass die Bearbeitung abgebrochen wurde"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:148
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator key"
msgstr "Tastaturkürzel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:149
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "The keyval of the accelerator"
msgstr "Das Zeichen des Kürzels"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:165
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator modifiers"
msgstr "Kürzel-Modifikator"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:166
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
msgstr "Die Modifikator-Maske des Kürzels"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:183
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator keycode"
msgstr "Kürzel-Zeichencode"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:184
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"
msgstr "Der Hardware-Zeichencode des Kürzels"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:203
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Mode"
msgstr "Kürzel-Modus"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:204
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "The type of accelerators"
msgstr "Der Typ des Kürzels"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:275
msgid "mode"
msgstr "Modus"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:276
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Bearbeitungs-Modus des CellRenderers"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:284
msgid "visible"
msgstr "sichtbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:285
msgid "Display the cell"
msgstr "Die Zelle darstellen"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
# CHECK - leicht reagierend? sensibel? bearbeitbar?
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:292
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
msgstr "Die Zelle sensibel darstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:299
msgid "xalign"
msgstr "X-Ausrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:300
msgid "The x-align"
msgstr "Die horizontale Ausrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:309
msgid "yalign"
msgstr "Y-Ausrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:310
msgid "The y-align"
msgstr "Die vertikale Ausrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:319
msgid "xpad"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "X-Auffüllung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:320
msgid "The xpad"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Die horizontale Auffüllung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:329
msgid "ypad"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Y-Auffüllung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:330
msgid "The ypad"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Die vertikale Auffüllung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:339
msgid "width"
msgstr "Breite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:340
msgid "The fixed width"
msgstr "Die feste Breite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:349
msgid "height"
msgstr "Höhe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:350
msgid "The fixed height"
msgstr "Die feste Höhe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:359
msgid "Is Expander"
msgstr "Ist ausklappbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:360
msgid "Row has children"
msgstr "Die Zeile hat Kinder"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:368
msgid "Is Expanded"
msgstr "Ist ausgeklappt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:369
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
msgstr "Die Zeile ist ausklappbar und ausgeklappt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:376
msgid "Cell background color name"
msgstr "Name der Hintergrundfarbe der Zelle"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:377
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
msgstr "Die Hintergrundfarbe der Zelle als Zeichenkette"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:391
msgid "Cell background color"
msgstr "Hintergrundfarbe der Zelle"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:392
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Die Hintergrundfarbe der Zelle als GdkColor"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:405
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Cell background RGBA color"
msgstr "RGBA-Farbe des Zellenhintergrunds"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:406
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Die Hintergrundfarbe der Zelle als GdkRGBA"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:413
msgid "Editing"
msgstr "Bearbeiten-Modus"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:414
msgid "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"
msgstr "Befindet sich der Zellen-Renderer im Bearbeiten-Modus?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:422
msgid "Cell background set"
msgstr "Zellhintergrund einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:423
msgid "Whether this tag affects the cell background color"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag die Hintergrundfarbe der Zelle beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:128
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Modell"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:129
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Das Modell für das Auswahlfeld, das die möglichen Werte enthält"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:151
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Text Column"
msgstr "Textspalte"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:152
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Eine Spalte im Datenquellenmodell, aus dem die Zeichenketten abgerufen "
"werden sollen"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:169 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:922
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Has Entry"
msgstr "Hat Eintrag"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:170
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
msgstr "Dürfen andere Zeichenkette als die ausgewählten eingegeben werden?"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:151
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
msgstr "Pixbuf-Objekt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:152
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
msgstr "Der darzustellende Pixbuf"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:159
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
msgstr "Pixbuf-Ausklapper offen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:160
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
msgstr "Der Pixbuf für den offenen Ausklapper"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:167
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
msgstr "Pixbuf-Ausklapper geschlossen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:168
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
msgstr "Der Pixbuf für den geschlossenen Ausklapper"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:175 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:233
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:238
msgid "Stock ID"
msgstr "Repertoire-Kennung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:176
msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Die Repertoire-Kennung des darzustellenden Repertoire-Symbols"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:183 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:158
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:308 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:279
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Größe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:184
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Der GtkIconSize-Wert, der die Größe des dargestellten Symbols festlegt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:193
msgid "Detail"
msgstr "Detailtreue"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:194
msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
msgstr "Die an die Themen-Engine übergebende Detailtreue der Darstellung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:227
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Follow State"
msgstr "Folgestatus"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:228
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob der dargestellte Pixbuf je nach Status eingefärbt werden soll"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:245 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:308
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:724
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "Symbol"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:137
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Value of the progress bar"
msgstr "Wert des Fortschrittsbalkens"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:154 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:253
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:350 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:843
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:226 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:174
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:219
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Text"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:155
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Text on the progress bar"
msgstr "Im Fortschrittsbalken anzuzeigender Text"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:178 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:144
msgid "Pulse"
msgstr "Puls"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:179
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
"don't know how much."
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Ein positiver Wert bedeutet, dass ein Fortschritt gemacht wurde, dessen "
"Größe unbekannt ist."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:195
msgid "Text x alignment"
msgstr "X-Ausrichtung des Texts"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:196
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"Die horizontale Ausrichtung, von 0 (links) bis 1 (rechts). In RTL-Layouts "
"umgekehrt."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:212
msgid "Text y alignment"
msgstr "Y-Ausrichtung des Texts"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:213
msgid "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."
msgstr "Die vertikale Ausrichtung, von 0 (oben) bis 1 (unten)."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:224 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:150
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:431
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Inverted"
msgstr "Umgekehrt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:225 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:151
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows"
msgstr "Die Wachstumsrichtung des Fortschrittsbalkens umkehren"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:113 ../gtk/gtkrange.c:423
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:237 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:316
msgid "Adjustment"
msgstr "Stellgröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:114 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:317
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button"
msgstr "Die Stellgröße, die den Wert des Einstellfeldes enthält"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:129
msgid "Climb rate"
msgstr "Steigrate"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:130 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:325
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Die Beschleunigungsrate, während eine Knopf gedrückt gehalten wird"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:143 ../gtk/gtkscale.c:294
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:334
msgid "Digits"
msgstr "Ziffern"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:144 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:335
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
msgstr "Die Anzahl der anzuzeigenden Nachkommastellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:126 ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:120
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:553 ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:114 ../gtk/gtkswitch.c:933
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:131 ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:176
#: ../gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:125
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Aktiv"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:127
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Soll der Spinner aktiv sein, d.h. dargestellt werden?"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:145
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Pulse of the spinner"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Drehzahl des Spinners"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:159
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Der GtkIconSize-Wert, der die Größe des dargestellten Spinners festlegt"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:254
msgid "Text to render"
msgstr "Der darzustellende Text"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:261
msgid "Markup"
msgstr "Markup"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:262
msgid "Marked up text to render"
msgstr "Der darzustellende Markup-Text"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:269 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:733
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Attribute"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:270
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Eine Liste der Stilattribute, die auf den dargestellten Text angewendet "
"werden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:277
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
msgstr "Einzelabsatz-Modus"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:278
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph"
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob der gesamte Text in einem einzigen Absatz vorgehalten werden "
"soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:286 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:189
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:198
msgid "Background color name"
msgstr "Name der Hintergrundfarbe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:287 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:190
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:199
msgid "Background color as a string"
msgstr "Die Hintergrundfarbe als Zeichenkette"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:301 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:204
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:213
msgid "Background color"
msgstr "Hintergrundfarbe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:302 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:205
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:214
msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Die Hintergrundfarbe als GdkColor"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:316
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Background color as RGBA"
msgstr "Hintergrundfarbe als RGBA"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:317 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:219
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:229
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Die Hintergrundfarbe als GdkRGBA"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:323 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:244
msgid "Foreground color name"
msgstr "Name der Vordergrundfarbe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:324 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:245
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
msgstr "Die Vordergrundfarbe als Zeichenkette"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:338 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:259
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:135
msgid "Foreground color"
msgstr "Vordergrundfarbe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:339 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:260
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Die Vordergrundfarbe als GdkColor"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:353
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as RGBA"
msgstr "Vordergrundfarbe als RGBA"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:354 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:275
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Die Vordergrundfarbe als GdkRGBA"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:362 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:758
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:291 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:684
msgid "Editable"
2004-01-19 17:12:57 +00:00
msgstr "Bearbeitbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:363 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:292
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:685
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgstr "Soll der Text durch den Benutzer änderbar sein?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:370 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:378
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:65 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:307 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:315
msgid "Font"
msgstr "Schrift"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:371 ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:66
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:308
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
msgstr "Die Schriftbezeichnung als Zeichenkette, z.B. »Sans Italic 12«"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:379 ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:79
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:316
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
msgstr "Schriftbeschreibung als PangoFontDescription-Struktur"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:387 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:323
msgid "Font family"
msgstr "Schriftfamilie"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:388 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:324
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
msgstr "Der Name der Schriftfamilie, z.B. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:395 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:396
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:331
msgid "Font style"
msgstr "Schriftstil"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:404 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:405
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:340
msgid "Font variant"
msgstr "Schriftvariante"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:413 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:414
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:349
msgid "Font weight"
msgstr "Schriftgewicht"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:423 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:424
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:360
msgid "Font stretch"
msgstr "Schriftdehnung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:432 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:433
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:369
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "Schriftgröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:442 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:389
msgid "Font points"
msgstr "Punktgröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:443 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:390
msgid "Font size in points"
msgstr "Die Schriftgröße in Punkt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:452 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:379
msgid "Font scale"
msgstr "Schriftskalierung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:453
msgid "Font scaling factor"
msgstr "Der Skalierungsfaktor der Schrift"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:462 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:458
msgid "Rise"
msgstr "Hochstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:463
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Hochstellen des Texts über der Grundlinie (Tiefstellen, wenn der Wert "
"negativ ist)"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:474 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:498
msgid "Strikethrough"
msgstr "Durchstreichen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:475 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:499
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
msgstr "Den Text durchstreichen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:482 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:506
msgid "Underline"
msgstr "Unterstreichen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:483 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:507
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgstr "Stil der Unterstreichung für diesen Text"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:491 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:418
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Sprache"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:492
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
"probably don't need it"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die ISO-Kennung der Sprache, in der dieser Text angezeigt wird. Pango kann "
"dies bei der Textdarstellung als Wink verwenden. Falls Sie diesen Parameter "
"nicht verstehen, benötigen Sie ihn wahrscheinlich nicht."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:512 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:858
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:218
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize"
msgstr "Auslassungen"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:513
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Der bevorzugte Bereich zur Auslassung in der Zeichenkette, falls der "
"Renderer der Zelle nicht genug Platz hat, um sie komplett anzuzeigen"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:532 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:453
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:879
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Width In Characters"
msgstr "Breite in Zeichen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:533 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:880
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "Die gewünschte Breite der Beschriftung, in Zeichen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:557 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:940
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Width In Characters"
msgstr "Maximale Breite in Zeichen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:558
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "The maximum width of the cell, in characters"
msgstr "Die maximale Breite der Zelle, in Zeichen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:576 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:515
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Wrap mode"
msgstr "Umbruchmodus"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:577
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, wie die Zeichenkette auf mehrere Zeilen verteilt wird, falls der "
"Zellen-Renderer nicht genügend Platz hat, um die gesamte Zeichenkette in "
"einer Zeile anzuzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:596 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:744
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Wrap width"
msgstr "Umbruchbreite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:597
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "The width at which the text is wrapped"
msgstr "Die Breite bei der der Text umgebrochen wird"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:617 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:363
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "Ausrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:618
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "How to align the lines"
msgstr "Wie sollen die Zeilen ausgerichtet werden?"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:630 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:323
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:620
msgid "Background set"
msgstr "Hintergrund einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:631 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:324
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:621
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag die Hintergrundfarbe beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:634 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:628
msgid "Foreground set"
msgstr "Vordergrund einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:635 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:629
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag die Vordergrundfarbe beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:638 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:632
msgid "Editability set"
msgstr "Änderbarkeit einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:639 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:633
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag die Änderbarkeit beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:642 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:636
msgid "Font family set"
msgstr "Schriftfamilie einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:643 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:637
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag die Schriftfamilie beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:646 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:640
msgid "Font style set"
msgstr "Schriftstil einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:647 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:641
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag den Schriftstil beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:650 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:644
msgid "Font variant set"
msgstr "Schriftvariante einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:651 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:645
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag die Schriftvariante beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:654 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:648
msgid "Font weight set"
msgstr "Schriftgewicht einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:655 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:649
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag das Schriftgewicht beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:658 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:652
msgid "Font stretch set"
msgstr "Schriftdehnung einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:659 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:653
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag die Schriftdehnung beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:662 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:656
msgid "Font size set"
msgstr "Schriftgröße einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:663 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:657
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag die Schriftgröße beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:666 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:660
msgid "Font scale set"
msgstr "Schriftskalierung einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:667 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:661
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag die Schriftgröße um einen Faktor skalieren?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:670 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:680
msgid "Rise set"
msgstr "Hochstellung einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:671 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:681
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag die Hochstellung bewirken?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:674 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:696
msgid "Strikethrough set"
msgstr "Durchstreichung einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:675 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:697
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag die Durchstreichung bewirken?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:678 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:704
msgid "Underline set"
msgstr "Unterstreichung einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:679 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:705
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag die Unterstreichung bewirken?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:682 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:668
msgid "Language set"
msgstr "Sprache einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:683 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:669
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Soll dieses Tag die Sprache beeinflussen, in der der Text dargestellt wird?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:686
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize set"
msgstr "Auslassungspunkte benutzen"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:687
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag Auslassungen bewirken?"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:690
msgid "Align set"
msgstr "Ausrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:691
msgid "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob dieses Tag die Ausrichtung beeinflusst"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:139
msgid "Toggle state"
msgstr "Schaltzustand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:140
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
msgstr "Der Schaltzustand des Knopfes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:147
msgid "Inconsistent state"
msgstr "Inkonsistenter Zustand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:148
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
msgstr "Der inkonsistente Zustand des Knopfes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:155
msgid "Activatable"
msgstr "Aktivierbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:156
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
msgstr "Kann der Umschaltknopf aktiviert werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:163
msgid "Radio state"
msgstr "Radiozustand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:164
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
msgstr "Den Umschaltknopf als Radioknopf darstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:171
msgid "Indicator size"
msgstr "Indikatorgröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:172 ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:93
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:144
msgid "Size of check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Die Größe des Ankreuz- oder Radioindikators"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:218
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Background RGBA color"
msgstr "RGBA-Hintergrundfarbe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:233
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "CellView model"
msgstr "Cell-View-Modell"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:234
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "The model for cell view"
msgstr "Das Modell für die Cell-View"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:252 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1008
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:446 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:635
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:327 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:426
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Cell Area"
msgstr "Zellenbereich"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:253 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1009
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:447 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:636
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:328 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:427
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The GtkCellArea used to layout cells"
msgstr "Der zur Anordnung der Zellen verwendete GtkCellArea"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:276
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Cell Area Context"
msgstr "Kontext des Zellenbereichs"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:277
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The GtkCellAreaContext used to compute the geometry of the cell view"
msgstr ""
"Der GtkCellAreaContext, der zur Berechnung der Geometrie der "
"Zellendarstellung verwendet wird"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
# Einheitlich: sensibel bei Zellen, Symbolen
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:294
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Draw Sensitive"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Sensibel Zeichnen"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:295
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether to force cells to be drawn in a sensitive state"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Legt fest, ob Zellen im sensiblen Zustand gezeichnet werden"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:313
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Fit Model"
msgstr "Modell einpassen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:314
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether to request enough space for every row in the model"
msgstr "Soll ausreichender Platz für jede Zeile im Modell angefordert werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:92 ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:143
msgid "Indicator Size"
msgstr "Indikatorgröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:100 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:362
msgid "Indicator Spacing"
msgstr "Indikatorabstand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:101
msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Der Freiraum um den Ankreuz- oder Radioindikator"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:121
msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
msgstr "Soll der Menüeintrag angekreuzt sein?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:128 ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:184
msgid "Inconsistent"
msgstr "Inkonsistent"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:129
msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
msgstr "Soll der Zustand »inkonsistent« angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:136
msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Als Auswahl-Menüeintrag zeichnen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:137
msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Soll der Menüeintrag wie ein Auswahl-Menüeintrag aussehen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:173 ../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:87
msgid "Use alpha"
msgstr "Alpha verwenden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:174
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether to give the color an alpha value"
msgstr "Soll der Farbe ein Alphawert gegeben werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:188 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:439
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:434 ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:139
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:425 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:330
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Titel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:189
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
msgstr "Der Titel des Farbwahldialogs"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:206
msgid "The selected color"
msgstr "Die gewählte Farbe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:221
msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Die gewählte Deckkraft (0 ist völlig transparent, 65535 völlig "
"undurchsichtig)"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:235
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Current RGBA Color"
msgstr "Aktuelle RGBA-Farbe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:236
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The selected RGBA color"
msgstr "Die gewählte RGBA-Farbe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:67
msgid "Color"
msgstr "Farbe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:68
msgid "Current color, as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Aktuelle Farbe als GdkRGBA"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:88
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Whether tabs should be shown"
msgid "Whether alpha should be shown"
msgstr "Sollen die Reiter angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c:258 ../gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:675
msgid "Show editor"
msgstr "Editor anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorscale.c:383
msgid "Scale type"
msgstr "Skalentyp"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:775
msgid "RGBA Color"
msgstr "RGBA-Farbe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:775
msgid "Color as RGBA"
msgstr "Farbe als RGBA"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:778 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:796
msgid "Selectable"
msgstr "Markierbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:778
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Whether the tab is detachable"
msgid "Whether the swatch is selectable"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob der Reiter abtrennbar ist"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:727
msgid "ComboBox model"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Modell des Auswahlfeldes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:728
msgid "The model for the combo box"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Das Modell für das Auswahlfeld"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:745
msgid "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"
msgstr "Umbruchbreite zum Anordnen der Objekte in einem Gitter"
# CHECK
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:767 ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:381
msgid "Row span column"
msgstr "Spalte zur Zeilenüberbrückung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:768 ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:382
msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
msgstr "TreeModel-Spalte, die die Zeilenüberbrückungswerte enthält"
# CHECK
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:789 ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:402
msgid "Column span column"
msgstr "Spalte zur Spaltenüberbrückung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:790 ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:403
msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
msgstr "TreeModel-Spalte, die die Spaltenüberbrückungswerte enthält"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:811
msgid "Active item"
msgstr "Aktives Objekt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:812
msgid "The item which is currently active"
msgstr "Das momentan aktive Objekt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:831 ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:482
msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
msgstr "Abreiß-Einträge zu Menüs hinzufügen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:832
msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
msgstr "Sollen Herabklapper Abreiß-Einträge haben?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:847 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:783
msgid "Has Frame"
msgstr "Hat Rahmen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:848
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Soll das Auswahlfeld einen Rahmen um das Kind zeichnen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:856
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Soll das Auswahlfeld den Fokus erhalten, sobald es mit der Maus angeklickt "
"wurde?"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:871 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:608
msgid "Tearoff Title"
msgstr "Abreißtitel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:872
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is torn-"
"off"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
"Ein Titel, der evtl. von der Fensterverwaltung angezeigt wird, wenn dieses "
"Einblend-Fenster abgerissen wurde"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:889
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Popup shown"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Einblend-Fenster anzeigen"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:890
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the combo's dropdown is shown"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob ausklappende Auswahllisten von Auswahlfeldern angezeigt werden"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:906
msgid "Button Sensitivity"
msgstr "Knopf-Empfindlichkeit"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:907
msgid "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"
msgstr "Soll das Ausklappmenü aktivierbar sein, wenn das Modell leer ist?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:923
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether combo box has an entry"
msgstr "Soll das Auswahlfeld einen Eintrag haben?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:938
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Entry Text Column"
msgstr "Texteingabespalte"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:939
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid ""
"The column in the combo box's model to associate with strings from the entry "
"if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"
msgstr ""
"Die Spalte im Modells des Auswahlfeldes, die mit den Zeichenketten des "
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Eintrags verknüpft wird, wenn die Auswahl mit »#GtkComboBox:has-entry = %"
"TRUE« erstellt wurde"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:956
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "ID Column"
msgstr "Kennungsspalte"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:957
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid ""
"The column in the combo box's model that provides string IDs for the values "
"in the model"
msgstr ""
"Die Spalte im Modells des Auswahlfeldes, die Zeichenketten-Kennungen für die "
"Werte im Modell liefert"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:972
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Active id"
msgstr "Aktive Kennung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:973
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The value of the id column for the active row"
msgstr "Der Wert der Kennungsspalte für die aktive Zeile"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:988
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Popup Fixed Width"
msgstr "Einblend-Fenster in fester Breite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:989
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the popup's width should be a fixed width matching the allocated "
"width of the combo box"
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob die Breite des Einblend-Fensters fest sein soll, entsprechend "
"der zugewiesenen Breite des Auswahlfelds"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1015
msgid "Appears as list"
2004-03-04 16:20:31 +00:00
msgstr "Als Liste anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1016
msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
msgstr "Sollen Herabklapper wie Listen statt wie Menüs aussehen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1032
msgid "Arrow Size"
msgstr "Pfeilgröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1033
msgid "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"
msgstr "Die Minimale Größe des Pfeils im Auswahlfeld"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1050
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space used by the arrow"
msgstr "Der vom Pfeil belegte Platz"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1066
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"
msgstr "Die Art des Schattens, der um das Auswahlfeld gezeichnet wird"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:456
msgid "Resize mode"
msgstr "Größenänderungsmodus"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:457
msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Art und Weise, auf die mit Größenänderungsereignissen umgegangen werden "
"soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:464
msgid "Border width"
msgstr "Randbreite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:465
msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
2004-01-19 17:12:57 +00:00
msgstr "Die Breite des leeren Rands um die Kinder des Containers"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:473
msgid "Child"
msgstr "Kind"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:474
msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
msgstr "Kann verwendet werden, um ein neues Kind zum Container hinzuzufügen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssshorthandproperty.c:167
msgid "Subproperties"
msgstr "Untereigenschaften"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssshorthandproperty.c:168
msgid "The list of subproperties"
msgstr "Die Liste der Untereigenschaften"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:236
msgid "ID"
msgstr "Kennung"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:237
msgid "The numeric id for quick access"
msgstr "Die numerische Kennung für schnellen Zugriff"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:243
msgid "Specified type"
msgstr "Angegebener Typ"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:244
msgid "The type of values after parsing"
msgstr "Der Typ der Werte nach der Verarbeitung"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:250
msgid "Computed type"
msgstr "Errechneter Typ"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:251
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The type of accelerators"
msgid "The type of values after style lookup"
msgstr "Der Typ des Kürzels"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:257
msgid "Inherit"
msgstr "Vererben"
# CHECK: Oder »vererbt«?
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:258
msgid "Set if the value is inherited by default"
msgstr "Wird gesetzt, falls der Wert standardmäßig ererbt ist"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:264
msgid "Initial value"
msgstr "Anfangswert"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:265
msgid "The initial specified value used for this property"
msgstr "Der anfänglich für diese Eigenschaft angegebene wert"
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:291 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:408
msgid "Content area border"
msgstr "Rand um Inhaltsfläche"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:292
msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
2004-01-19 17:12:57 +00:00
msgstr "Die Breite des Rands um den Hauptbereich des Dialoges"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:309 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:425
msgid "Content area spacing"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Freiraum um Inhaltsfläche"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:310
msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area"
msgstr "Der Abstand zwischen Elementen im Inhaltsbereich des Dialogs"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:317 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:441
msgid "Button spacing"
msgstr "Knopfabstand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:318 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:442
msgid "Spacing between buttons"
msgstr "Abstand zwischen Knöpfen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:326 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:457
msgid "Action area border"
msgstr "Rand um Aktionsfläche"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:327
msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
2004-01-19 17:12:57 +00:00
msgstr "Die Breite des Rands um den Knopfbereich unten im Dialog"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:351
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "The contents of the buffer"
msgstr "Der Inhalt des Puffers"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:365 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:923
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Text length"
msgstr "Textlänge"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:366
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Length of the text currently in the buffer"
msgstr "Länge des aktuellen Textes im Puffer"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:380 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:766
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Maximum length"
msgstr "Maximale Länge"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:381 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:767
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr ""
"Die Maximale Anzahl der Zeichen für diesen Eintrag. Null, wenn unbegrenzt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:730
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text Buffer"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Textpuffer"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:731
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Das Textpufferobjekt, das tatsächlich den eingetragenen Text speichert"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:738 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:821
msgid "Cursor Position"
msgstr "Zeigerposition"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:739 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:822
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
msgstr "Die momentane Position des Einfügezeigers, in Zeichen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:748 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:831
msgid "Selection Bound"
2004-01-19 17:12:57 +00:00
msgstr "Markierungsgrenze"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:749 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:832
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
msgstr ""
"Der Abstand des gegenüberliegenden Endes der Markierung vom Zeiger in Zeichen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:759
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
msgstr "Sollen die Feldinhalte bearbeitet werden können?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:775
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr "Sichtbarkeit"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:776
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
msgstr ""
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
"Falls FALSCH, das »unsichtbare Zeichen« statt des eigentlichen Texts anzeigen "
"(Passwort-Modus)"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:784
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
msgstr "FALSCH entfernt die äußere Fase des Eintrags"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:800
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
msgid ""
"Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Rand zwischen Text und Rahmen. Überschreibt die Eigenschaft »inner-border«."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:808 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1409
msgid "Invisible character"
msgstr "Unsichtbares Zeichen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:809 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1410
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
msgstr "Das Zeichen, mit dem Feldinhalte verdeckt werden (im »Passwort-Modus«)"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:816
msgid "Activates default"
msgstr "Vorgabe aktivieren"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:817
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
msgstr ""
"Soll das Vorgabe-Widget (z.B. der Vorgabeknopf in einem Dialogfenster) "
"aktiviert werden, wenn die Eingabetaste gedrückt wird?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:823
msgid "Width in chars"
msgstr "Breite in Zeichen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:824
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Anzahl der Zeichen, für die in diesem Feld Platz gelassen werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:833
msgid "Scroll offset"
msgstr "Rollversatz"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:834
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Anzahl der Pixel, um die der Eintrag nach links aus dem Schirm gerollt "
"werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:844
msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgstr "Der Inhalt des Feldes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:859 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:103
msgid "X align"
msgstr "X-Ausrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:860 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:104
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"Die horizontale Ausrichtung, von 0 (links) bis 1 (rechts). In RTL-Layouts "
"umgekehrt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:876
msgid "Truncate multiline"
msgstr "Mehrzeiliges abbrechen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:877
msgid "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Sollen mehrzeilige eingefügte Texte nach der ersten Zeile abgebrochen werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:893
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Legt fest, welcher Schattentyp um den Eintrag gezeichnet wird, wenn has-"
"frame gesetzt ist"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:908 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:764
msgid "Overwrite mode"
msgstr "Überschreibmodus"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:909
msgid "Whether new text overwrites existing text"
msgstr "Soll eingegebener Text vorhandenen Inhalt überschreiben?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:924
msgid "Length of the text currently in the entry"
msgstr "Länge des Inhalts des Feldes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:939
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Invisible character set"
msgstr "Unsichtbarer Zeichensatz"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:940
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether the invisible character has been set"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob das unsichtbare Zeichen aktiviert ist"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:958
msgid "Caps Lock warning"
msgstr "Feststelltasten-Warnung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:959
msgid "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob Passwortfelder eine Warnung anzeigen, wenn die Feststelltaste "
"aktiviert ist"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:973
msgid "Progress Fraction"
msgstr "Fortschritts-Anteil"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:974
msgid "The current fraction of the task that's been completed"
msgstr "Der fertiggestellte Anteil an der gesamten Arbeit"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:991
msgid "Progress Pulse Step"
msgstr "Fortschrittspuls-Schrittweite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:992
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
msgstr ""
"Der Anteil an der gesamten Breite, um die sich der hüpfende Balken bei jedem "
"Aufruf von gtk_entry_progress_pulse() bewegt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1009
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Placeholder text"
msgstr "Platzhaltertext"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1010
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Show text in the entry when it's empty and unfocused"
msgstr "Text im Eintrag anzeigen, wenn er leer und nicht fokussiert ist"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1024
msgid "Primary pixbuf"
msgstr "Primärer Pixbuf"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1025
msgid "Primary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "Der primäre Pixbuf des Textfeldes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1039
msgid "Secondary pixbuf"
msgstr "Sekundärer Pixbux"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1040
msgid "Secondary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "Sekundärer Pixbux des Textfeldes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1054
msgid "Primary stock ID"
msgstr "Primäre Repertoire-ID"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1055
msgid "Stock ID for primary icon"
msgstr "Repertoire-ID des primären Symbols"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1069
msgid "Secondary stock ID"
msgstr "Sekundäre Repertoire-ID"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1070
msgid "Stock ID for secondary icon"
msgstr "Repertoire-ID des sekundären Symbols"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1084
msgid "Primary icon name"
msgstr "Primärer der Symbolnamen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1085
msgid "Icon name for primary icon"
msgstr "Symbolname des primären Symbols"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1099
msgid "Secondary icon name"
msgstr "Sekundärer Symbolname"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1100
msgid "Icon name for secondary icon"
msgstr "Symbolname des sekundären Symbols"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1114
msgid "Primary GIcon"
msgstr "Primäres GIcon"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1115
msgid "GIcon for primary icon"
msgstr "GIcon des primären Symbols"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1129
msgid "Secondary GIcon"
msgstr "Sekundäres GIcon"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1130
msgid "GIcon for secondary icon"
msgstr "GIcon für sekundäres Symbol"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1144
msgid "Primary storage type"
msgstr "Primäre Speicherform"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1145
msgid "The representation being used for primary icon"
msgstr "Die für das primäre Symbol verwendete Speicherform"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1160
msgid "Secondary storage type"
msgstr "Sekundäre Speicherform"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1161
msgid "The representation being used for secondary icon"
msgstr "Die für das sekundäre Symbol verwendete Speicherform"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1182
msgid "Primary icon activatable"
msgstr "Primäres Symbol aktivierbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1183
msgid "Whether the primary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob das primäre Symbol aktivierbar ist"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1203
msgid "Secondary icon activatable"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Sekundäres Symbol aktivierbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1204
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob das sekundäre Symbol aktivierbar ist"
# CHECK - leicht reagierend? sensibel?
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1226
msgid "Primary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Primäres Symbol sensibel darstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1227
msgid "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob das primäre Symbol sensibel ist"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1248
msgid "Secondary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Sekundäres Symbol sensibel darstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1249
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob das sekundäre Symbol sensibel ist"
# CHECK - leicht reagierend? sensibel?
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1265
msgid "Primary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Minihilfentext für primäres Symbol"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1266 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1302
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"
msgstr "Der Inhalt der Minihilfe des primären Symbols"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1282
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Minihilfentext für sekundäres Symbol"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1283 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1321
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"
msgstr "Der Inhalt der Minihilfe des sekundären Symbols"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1301
msgid "Primary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Minihilfen-Markup für primäres Symbol"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1320
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Minihilfen-Markup für sekundäres Symbol"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1340 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:792
msgid "IM module"
msgstr "IM-Modul"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1341 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:793
msgid "Which IM module should be used"
msgstr "Legt fest, welches IM-Modul verwendet wird"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1355
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Completion"
msgstr "Vervollständigung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1356
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "The auxiliary completion object"
msgstr "Das Hilfsobjekt zur Vervollständigung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1370
msgid "Icon Prelight"
msgstr "Symbol-Hervorhebung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1371
msgid "Whether activatable icons should prelight when hovered"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob aktivierbare Symbole beim Berühren hervorgehoben werden sollen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1387
msgid "Progress Border"
msgstr "Rand um Fortschrittsbalken"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1388
msgid "Border around the progress bar"
msgstr "Um den Fortschrittsbalken anzuzeigender Rand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1884
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Border between text and frame."
msgstr "Rand zwischen Text und Rahmen."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:318
msgid "Completion Model"
msgstr "Vervollständigungsmodell"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:319
msgid "The model to find matches in"
msgstr "Das Modell, in dem nach Treffern gesucht werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:325
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
msgstr "Minimale Schlüssellänge"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:326
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die minimale Länge des Suchschlüssels, damit nach Treffern gesucht wird"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:342 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:431
msgid "Text column"
msgstr "Textspalte"
# CHECK - Spalte oder Modell, wer »enthält«?
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:343
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
msgstr "Die Spalte des Modells, das die Zeichenketten enthält."
# CHECK
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:362
msgid "Inline completion"
msgstr "Auto-Vervollständigung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:363
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
msgstr "Soll der übliche Präfix automatisch eingefügt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:377
msgid "Popup completion"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Vervollständigung einblenden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:378
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Sollen die Vervollständigungen in einem Einblend-Fenster gezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:393
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Popup set width"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Breite des Einblend-Fensters"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:394
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Falls WAHR, wird das Einblend-Fenster-Fenster die gleiche Größe haben wie "
"der Eintrag"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:412
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Popup single match"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Einfache Einblend-Fenster-Aktion"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:413
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Wenn WAHR, wird das Einblend-Fenster für eine einfache Aktion erscheinen."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
# CHECK
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:427
msgid "Inline selection"
msgstr "Innere Auswahl"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:428
msgid "Your description here"
msgstr "Beschreibung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:107
msgid "Visible Window"
msgstr "Sichtbares Fenster"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:108
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to "
"trap events."
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Ist das Ereignisfeld sichtbar? Andernfalls ist es unsichtbar und wird nur "
"zum Einfangen von Ereignissen verwendet."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:114
msgid "Above child"
msgstr "Oberhalb von Kind"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:115
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the "
"child widget as opposed to below it."
msgstr ""
"Befindet sich das ereigniseinfangende Fenster des Ereignisfelds oberhalb des "
"Fensters des Kind-Widgets? Andernfalls befindet es sich darunter."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:280
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "Ausgeklappt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:281
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
msgstr "Wurde der Ausklapper geöffnet, um das Kind-Widget anzuzeigen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:289
msgid "Text of the expander's label"
msgstr "Der Text der Ausklapperbeschriftung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:304 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:740
msgid "Use markup"
msgstr "Markup verwenden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:305 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:741
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Der Text der Beschriftung enthält XML-Markup. Siehe pango_parse_markup()"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:313
msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Freiraum zwischen dem Kind und dessen Nachbarn in Pixel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:322 ../gtk/gtkframe.c:204 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:253
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1599
msgid "Label widget"
msgstr "Beschriftungs-Widget"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:323
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Ein Widget, das anstatt der üblichen Ausklapperbeschriftung angezeigt werden "
"soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:330
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Label fill"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Füllung der Beschriftung"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:331
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space"
msgstr ""
"Soll das Beschriftungs-Widget allen verfügbaren horizontalen Platz belegen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:346
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Resize toplevel"
msgstr "Größenänderungsmodus"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:347
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the expander will resize the toplevel window upon expanding and "
"collapsing"
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob der Expander die Größe des Fensters der obersten Ebene beim "
"Aus- und Einklappen anpasst"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:353 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1627
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1194
msgid "Expander Size"
msgstr "Ausklappergröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:354 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1628
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1195
msgid "Size of the expander arrow"
msgstr "Größe des Ausklapppfeils"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:363
msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Freiraum um Ausklapppfeil"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:408
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Dialog"
msgstr "Dialog"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:409
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "The file chooser dialog to use."
msgstr "Der Dateiwähler, der verwendet werden soll."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:440
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog."
msgstr "Der Titel des Dateiwählers."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:454
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
msgstr "Die gewünschte Breite des Knopfes in Zeichen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:745
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Aktion"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:746
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
msgstr "Der Typ der Aktion, die der Dateiwähler ausführt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:752 ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:262
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filter"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:753
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Der momentan zum Auswählen der anzuzeigenden Dateien zu verwendende Filter"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:758
msgid "Local Only"
msgstr "Nur lokal"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:759
msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Sollen die auswählbaren Dateien auf lokale file:-Adressen begrenzt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:764
msgid "Preview widget"
msgstr "Vorschau-Widget"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:765
msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
msgstr "Von der Anwendung bereitgestelltes Vorschau-Widget."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:770
msgid "Preview Widget Active"
2004-03-04 16:20:31 +00:00
msgstr "Vorschau-Widget aktiv"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:771
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown."
msgstr ""
"Soll das von der Anwendung bereitgestellte Vorschau-Widget angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:776
msgid "Use Preview Label"
2004-03-04 16:20:31 +00:00
msgstr "Vorschaubeschriftung verwenden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:777
msgid "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Soll eine Repertoire-Beschriftung mit dem Namen der Vorschau-Datei angezeigt "
"werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:782
msgid "Extra widget"
msgstr "Zusätzliches Widget"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:783
msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Von der Anwendung bereitgestelltes Widget, das Zusatzeinstellungen anbietet."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:788 ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:201
msgid "Select Multiple"
2004-01-19 17:12:57 +00:00
msgstr "Mehrfachauswahl"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:789
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
msgstr "Sollen mehrere Dateien ausgewählt werden können?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:795
msgid "Show Hidden"
msgstr "Verborgene anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:796
msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
msgstr "Sollen verborgene Dateien und Ordner angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:811
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
msgid "Do overwrite confirmation"
msgstr "Überschreiben bestätigen"
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:812
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation "
"dialog if necessary."
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Legt fest, ob der Dateiauswahldialog im Speichern-Modus vor dem "
"Überschreiben einer bestehenden Datei nachfragt."
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:828
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Allow folder creation"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Ordnererstellung erlauben"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:829
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
"folders."
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob der Dateiauswahldialog, der nicht im Öffnen-Modus ist, das "
"Erstellen von Ordnern erlaubt."
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:150 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:646 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:263
msgid "X position"
msgstr "X-Position"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:151 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:647
msgid "X position of child widget"
msgstr "Die horizontale Position des Kind-Widgets"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:158 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:656
msgid "Y position"
msgstr "Y-Position"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:159 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:657
msgid "Y position of child widget"
msgstr "Die vertikale Position des Kind-Widgets"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:435
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "The title of the font chooser dialog"
msgstr "Der Titel des Schriftwählerdialogs"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:451
msgid "The name of the selected font"
msgstr "Der Name der gewählten Schrift"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:452
msgid "Sans 12"
msgstr "Sans 12"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:467
msgid "Use font in label"
msgstr "Schrift in Beschriftung verwenden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:468
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Soll der Beschriftungstext in der gewählten Schrift dargestellt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:483
msgid "Use size in label"
msgstr "Größe in Beschriftung verwenden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:484
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Soll der Beschriftungstext in der gewählten Schriftgröße dargestellt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:500
msgid "Show style"
msgstr "Stil anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:501
msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Soll der Beschriftungstext im gewählten Schriftstil dargestellt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:516
msgid "Show size"
msgstr "Größe anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:517
msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
msgstr "Soll die gewählte Schriftgröße in der Beschriftung angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:78
2011-09-20 18:47:32 +00:00
msgid "Font description"
msgstr "Schriftbeschreibung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:104
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Show preview text entry"
msgstr "Vorschautext anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:105
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Whether the preview text entry is shown or not"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob der Vorschautext angezeigt wird oder nicht"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:170
msgid "Text of the frame's label"
msgstr "Der Text der Rahmenbeschriftung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:177
msgid "Label xalign"
msgstr "X-Ausrichtung der Beschriftung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:178
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
msgstr "Die horizontale Ausrichtung der Beschriftung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:186
msgid "Label yalign"
msgstr "Y-Ausrichtung der Beschriftung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:187
msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
msgstr "Die vertikale Ausrichtung der Beschriftung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:195
msgid "Frame shadow"
msgstr "Rahmenschatten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:196
msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
msgstr "Das Aussehen des Rahmenrandes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:205
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Ein Widget, das anstatt der üblichen Rahmenbeschriftung angezeigt werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1402
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Row Homogeneous"
msgstr "Gleichmäßige Zeile"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1403
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the rows are all the same height"
msgstr "Falls WAHR, sind die Tabellenzeilen alle gleich hoch"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1409
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Column Homogeneous"
msgstr "Gleichmäßige Spalte"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1410
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the columns are all the same width"
msgstr "Falls WAHR, sind die Tabellenspalten alle gleich breit"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1424
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the top side of a child widget to"
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Die Spaltennummer, an die die obere Seite eines Kind-Widgets angehängt "
"werden soll"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1430 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:672 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:273
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Width"
msgstr "Breite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1431
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The number of columns that a child spans"
msgstr "Die Anzahl der Spalten, über die sich ein Kindelement erstreckt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1437 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:681
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Height"
msgstr "Höhe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1438
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The number of rows that a child spans"
msgstr "Die Anzahl der Zeilen, über die sich ein Kindelement erstreckt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:394 ../gtk/gtktreeselection.c:130
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Selection mode"
msgstr "Markierungsmodus"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:395
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The selection mode"
msgstr "Der Markierungsmodus"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:413
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf column"
msgstr "Pixbuf-Spalte"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:414
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
msgstr "Spalte des Modells, der der Symbol-Pixbuf entnommen wird"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:432
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
msgstr "Spalte des Modells, der der Text entnommen wird"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:451
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Markup column"
msgstr "Markup-Spalte"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:452
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Spalte des Modells, der der Text entnommen wird, falls Pango-Markup benutzt "
"wird"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:459
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Icon View Model"
msgstr "Icon View-Modell"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:460
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The model for the icon view"
msgstr "Das Modell für die Icon View"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:476
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Number of columns"
msgstr "Spaltenanzahl"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:477
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Number of columns to display"
msgstr "Die Anzahl der anzuzeigenden Spalten"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:494
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Width for each item"
msgstr "Die Breite für jeden Eintrag"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:495
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "The width used for each item"
msgstr "Die verwendete Breite für jeden Eintrag"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:511
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Der Platz, der zwischen den Zellen eines Eintrags eingefügt wird"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:526
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Row Spacing"
msgstr "Zeilenabstand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:527
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
msgstr "Zwischen den Gitterzeilen eingefügter Platz"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:542
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Column Spacing"
msgstr "Spaltenabstand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:543
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid columns"
msgstr "Zwischen den Gitterspalten eingefügter Platz"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:558
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Margin"
msgstr "Rand"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:559
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Der Platz, der an den Rändern der Symbolansicht eingefügt wird"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:574
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Item Orientation"
msgstr "Objektausrichtung"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:575
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
msgid ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, wie Text und Symbol von jedem Element relativ zueinander "
"positioniert werden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:591 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1029
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:373
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Reorderable"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr "Umstellbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:592 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1030
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "View is reorderable"
msgstr "Die Ansicht kann umsortiert werden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:599 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1180
msgid "Tooltip Column"
msgstr "Minihilfe-Spalte"
# CHECK - Spalte oder Modell, wer »enthält«?
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:600
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"
msgstr "Die Spalte des Modells, das die Minihilfentexte der Objekte enthält."
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
# Padding → Auffüllung ist ein Begriff aus der Audioverarbeitung (mp3)
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:617
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "Item Padding"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Objektauffüllung"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:618
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "Padding around icon view items"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Auffüllung um Objekte in der Symbolansicht"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:649
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Selection Box Color"
msgstr "Farbe der Markierung"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:650
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Color of the selection box"
msgstr "Farbe der Auswahlbox"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:656
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Selection Box Alpha"
msgstr "Alpha der Markierung"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:657
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Opacity of the selection box"
msgstr "Sichtbarkeit der Auswahlbox"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:216 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:222
msgid "Pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:217 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:223
msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display"
msgstr "Ein anzuzeigender GdkPixbuf"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:224 ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:293
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:230
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Dateiname"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:225 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:231
msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgstr "Name der zu ladenden und anzuzeigenden Datei"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:234 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:239
msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
msgstr "Repertoire-Kennung eines anzuzeigendes Repertoire-Symbols"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:241
msgid "Icon set"
msgstr "Symbolsatz"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:242
msgid "Icon set to display"
msgstr "Anzuzeigender Symbolsatz"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:249 ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:228 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:531
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1007
msgid "Icon size"
msgstr "Symbolgröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:250
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die für ein Repertoire-Symbol, Symbolsatz oder Symbolnamen zu verwendende "
"Größe"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:266
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Pixel size"
msgstr "Pixel-Größe"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:267
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon"
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgstr "Die für einen Symbolnamen zu verwendende Größe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:275
msgid "Animation"
msgstr "Animation"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:276
msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
msgstr "Die Anzuzeigende GdkPixbufAnimation"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:316 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:270
msgid "Storage type"
msgstr "Speicherform"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:317 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:271
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
msgstr "Die für die Bilddaten verwendete Darstellung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:335
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Use Fallback"
msgstr "Ersatz verwenden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:336
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use icon names fallback"
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob ein Ersatz für den Namen des Symbols verwendet werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:159
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
msgstr "Das Kind-Widget, das neben dem Menütext erscheint"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:174
msgid "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob der Beschriftungstext verwendet werden soll, um einen Stock-"
"Menüeintrag zu erstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:207 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:568
msgid "Accel Group"
msgstr "Tastenkürzelgruppe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:208
msgid "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"
msgstr "Die Tastenkürzelgruppe, die für Stock-Tastenkürzel verwendet wird"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:353 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:201
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Message Type"
msgstr "Nachrichtentyp"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:354 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:202
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The type of message"
msgstr "Der Typ der Nachricht"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:409
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the content area"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Die Breite des Rands um den Inhaltsbereich"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:426
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between elements of the area"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Der Abstand zwischen Elementen des Bereichs"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:458
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the action area"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Die Breite des Rands um den Aktionsbereich"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:101 ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:170
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:289 ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:442
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:786
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Screen"
msgstr "Bildschirm"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:102 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:787
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
msgstr "Der Bildschirm, auf dem dieses Fenster angezeigt werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:727
msgid "The text of the label"
msgstr "Der Text der Beschriftung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:734
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Eine Liste der Stilattribute, die auf den Beschriftungstext angewendet "
"werden sollen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:755 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:399 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:701
msgid "Justification"
msgstr "Ausrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:756
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkMisc::xalign for that"
msgstr ""
"Die Ausrichtung der Zeilen im Beschriftungstext untereinander. Dies betrifft "
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"NICHT die Ausrichtung der Beschriftung innerhalb des ihr zugewiesenen "
"Raumes; siehe hierzu auch GtkMisc::xalign"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:764
msgid "Pattern"
msgstr "Muster"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:765
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text "
"to underline"
msgstr ""
"Ein »_«-Zeichen in einer Zeichenkette führt dazu, dass das nachfolgende "
"Zeichen im Text unterstrichen wird"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:772
msgid "Line wrap"
msgstr "Zeilenumbruch"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:773
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
msgstr "Falls WAHR, Zeilen umbrechen, wenn der Text zu lang wird"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:788
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgid "Line wrap mode"
msgstr "Zeilenumbruchmodus"
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:789
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgid "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
msgstr "Legt fest, wie Zeilen umgebrochen werden"
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:797
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
msgstr "Soll der Beschriftungstext mit der Maus markierbar sein?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:803
msgid "Mnemonic key"
msgstr "Tastaturkürzel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:804
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
msgstr "Das Tastaturkürzel für diese Beschriftung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:812
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
msgstr "Kürzel-Widget"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:813
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Das Widget, das aktiviert werden soll, wenn das Tastaturkürzel der "
"Beschriftung gedrückt wird"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:859
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
"enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"Der bevorzugte Bereich zur Auslassung in der Zeichenkette, falls die "
"Beschriftung nicht genug Platz hat, um sie komplett anzuzeigen"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:900
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "Single Line Mode"
msgstr "Einzelzeilen-Modus"
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:901
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode"
msgstr "Soll der Beschriftungstext im Einzelzeilen-Modus dargestellt werden?"
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:918
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Angle"
msgstr "Winkel"
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:919
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated"
msgstr "Der Winkel um den die Beschriftung rotiert wird"
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:941
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "Die gewünschte maximale Breite der Beschriftung, in Zeichen"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:959
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Track visited links"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Besuchte Verweise mitverfolgen"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:960
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Whether visited links should be tracked"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Sollen besuchte Verweise mitverfolgt werden?"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:673
msgid "The width of the layout"
msgstr "Die Breite des Layouts"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:682
msgid "The height of the layout"
msgstr "Die Höhe des Layouts"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:175
msgid "URI"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Adresse"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:176
msgid "The URI bound to this button"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Diesem Knopf zugewiesene Adresse"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:190
msgid "Visited"
msgstr "Besucht"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:191
msgid "Whether this link has been visited."
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Wurde dieser Verweis besucht?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:276
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Permission"
msgstr "Berechtigung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:277
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "The GPermission object controlling this button"
msgstr "Das GPermission-Objekt, welches diesen Knopf verwaltet"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:284
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Lock Text"
msgstr "Text sperren"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:285
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to lock"
msgstr "Der Text, der dem Benutzer angezeigt wird, wenn gesperrt werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:293
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Unlock Text"
msgstr "Text entsperren"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:294
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to unlock"
msgstr "Der Text, der dem Benutzer angezeigt wird, wenn entsperrt werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:302
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Lock Tooltip"
msgstr "Minihilfe zum Sperren"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:303
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to lock"
msgstr ""
"Die Minihilfe, die dem Benutzer angezeigt wird, wenn gesperrt werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:311
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Unlock Tooltip"
msgstr "Minihilfe zum Entsperren"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:312
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to unlock"
msgstr ""
"Die Minihilfe, die dem Benutzer angezeigt wird, wenn entsperrt werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:320
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Not Authorized Tooltip"
msgstr "Minihilfe bei gescheiterter Legitimierung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:321
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid ""
"The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization"
msgstr ""
"Die anzuzeigende Minihilfe, wenn der Benutzer nicht legitimiert werden kann"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:190
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Pack direction"
msgstr "Packausrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:191
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "The pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "Die Packausrichtung der Werkzeugleiste"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:207
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Child Pack direction"
msgstr "Kindergruppenausrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:208
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "The child pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "Die Ausrichtung einer Gruppe von Widget-Kindern in der Menüleiste"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:217
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
msgstr "Der Stil der Fase um die Menüleiste"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:224 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:581
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Internal padding"
msgstr "Interne Auffüllung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:225
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
msgstr ""
"Der Randabstand zwischen dem Schatten der Menüleiste und den Menüeinträgen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:554
msgid "The currently selected menu item"
msgstr "Der momentan gewählte Menüeintrag"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:569
msgid "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"
msgstr "Die Tastenkürzelgruppe für dieses Menü"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:583 ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:360
msgid "Accel Path"
msgstr "Tastenkürzelpfad"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:584
msgid "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Ein Tastenkürzelpfad um einfach Tastenkürzelpfade für Kinderelemente zu "
"erstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:600
msgid "Attach Widget"
msgstr "Widget anheften"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:601
msgid "The widget the menu is attached to"
msgstr "Das Widget, dem das Menü angeheftet ist"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:609
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-"
"off"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
"Ein Titel, der evtl. von der Fensterverwaltung angezeigt wird, wenn dieses "
"Menü abgerissen wurde"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:623
msgid "Tearoff State"
msgstr "Abreißstatus"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:624
msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
msgstr "Ein Boolscher Wert der anzeigt, ob das Menü abgerissen wurde"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:638
msgid "Monitor"
msgstr "Bildschirm"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:639
msgid "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"
msgstr "Der Bildschirm, auf dem das Menü aufklappen wird"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:645
msgid "Vertical Padding"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Vertikale Auffüllung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:646
msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Zusätzlicher Freiraum oberhalb und unterhalb des Menüs"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:668
2009-07-03 06:20:49 +00:00
msgid "Reserve Toggle Size"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Platz für Umschalter reservieren"
2009-07-03 06:20:49 +00:00
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
# »boolescher Wert« wird tatsächlich so geschrieben, auch wenn es komisch aussieht
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:669
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
"icons"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Ein boolescher Wert, der anzeigt, ob das Menü Abstand für Umschalter und "
"Symbole reserviert"
2009-07-03 06:20:49 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:675
msgid "Horizontal Padding"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Horizontale Auffüllung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:676
msgid "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Zusätzlicher Freiraum an den linken und rechten Ecken des Menüs"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:684
msgid "Vertical Offset"
msgstr "Vertikaler Versatz"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:685
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"vertically"
msgstr ""
"Wenn das Menü ein Untermenü ist, wird es vertikal um so viele Pixel versetzt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:693
msgid "Horizontal Offset"
msgstr "Horizontaler Versatz"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:694
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"horizontally"
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Wenn das Menü ein Untermenü ist, wird es horizontal um so viele Pixel "
"versetzt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:702
msgid "Double Arrows"
msgstr "Doppelte Pfeile"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:703
msgid "When scrolling, always show both arrows."
msgstr "Beim Rollen immer beide Pfeile anzeigen."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:716
msgid "Arrow Placement"
msgstr "Pfeilplatzierung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:717
msgid "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"
msgstr "Legt fest, wo Rollpfeile platziert werden sollen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:725
msgid "Left Attach"
msgstr "Links anhängen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:733
msgid "Right Attach"
msgstr "Rechts anhängen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:734
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Spaltennummer, an die die rechte Seite des Kinds angehängt werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:741
msgid "Top Attach"
msgstr "Oben anhängen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:742
msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Spaltennummer, an die die obere Seite des Kinds angehängt werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:749
msgid "Bottom Attach"
msgstr "Unten anhängen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:764
msgid "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Beliebige Konstante, mit der die Größe des Rollpfeils nach unten skaliert "
"wird"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:328
msgid "Right Justified"
msgstr "Rechtsbündig"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:329
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu bar"
msgstr "Sollen die Menüeinträge rechtsbündig im Menü ausgerichtet werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:343
msgid "Submenu"
msgstr "Untermenü"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:344
msgid "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"
msgstr "Das zum Menü gehörende Untermenü, oder NULL falls keins vorhanden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:361
msgid "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"
msgstr "Den Tastenkürzelpfad für den Menüeintrag setzen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:376
msgid "The text for the child label"
msgstr "Der Text der Kind-Beschriftung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:439
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"
msgstr "Der vom Pfeil belegte Platz, relativ zur Schriftgröße des Menüs"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:452
msgid "Width in Characters"
msgstr "Breite in Zeichen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:453
msgid "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"
msgstr "Die minimale gewünschte Breite des Menüeintrags, in Zeichen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenushell.c:449
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Take Focus"
msgstr "Fokus übernehmen"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenushell.c:450
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Ein Boolscher Wert der anzeigt, ob das Menü den Tastaturfokus an sich nimmt"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:290
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Menu"
msgstr "Menü"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:291
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The dropdown menu"
msgstr "Herabklapper-Menü"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:184
msgid "Image/label border"
msgstr "Bild-/Beschriftungsrand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:185
msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog"
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Breite des Rands um die Beschriftung und das Bild im Hinweisdialog."
2004-02-11 17:41:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:209
msgid "Message Buttons"
msgstr "Nachrichtenknöpfe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:210
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
msgstr "Die im Nachrichtendialogfenster angezeigten Knöpfe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:227
msgid "The primary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "Der primäre Text des Nachrichtendialogfensters"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:242
msgid "Use Markup"
msgstr "Markup verwenden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:243
msgid "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."
msgstr "Der primäre Text des Titel enthält Pango-Markup."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:257
msgid "Secondary Text"
msgstr "Sekundärer Text"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:258
msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "Die sekundäre Text des Nachrichtendialogfensters"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:273
msgid "Use Markup in secondary"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Markup im Sekundären verwenden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:274
msgid "The secondary text includes Pango markup."
msgstr "Der sekundäre Text enthält Pango-Markup."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:288
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Bild"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:289
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "The image"
msgstr "Das Bild"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:305
2010-07-18 18:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Message area"
msgstr "Nachrichtenbereich"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:306
2010-07-18 18:31:28 +00:00
msgid "GtkVBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels"
2011-09-18 15:37:42 +00:00
msgstr "GtkVBox mit den primären und sekundären Beschriftungen des Dialogs"
2010-07-18 18:31:28 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:113
msgid "Y align"
msgstr "Y-Ausrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:114
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
msgstr "Die vertikale Ausrichtung, von 0 (oben) bis 1 (unten)"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:123
msgid "X pad"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "X-Auffüllung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:124
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Der links und rechts des Widget hinzugefügte Freiraum, in Pixel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:133
msgid "Y pad"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Y-Auffüllung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:134
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Der oben und unten des Widget hinzugefügte Freiraum, in Pixel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:154 ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:465
msgid "Parent"
msgstr "Eltern"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:155
msgid "The parent window"
msgstr "Das Eltern-Fenster"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:162
msgid "Is Showing"
msgstr "Wird angezeigt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:163
msgid "Are we showing a dialog"
msgstr "Wird ein Dialog angezeigt?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:171
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed."
msgstr "Der Bildschirm, auf dem dieses Fenster angezeigt werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:690
msgid "Page"
msgstr "Seite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:691
msgid "The index of the current page"
msgstr "Der Index der aktuellen Seite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:699
msgid "Tab Position"
msgstr "Reiterposition"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:700
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
msgstr "Die Seite des Notizbuchs, auf der die Reiter sitzen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:707
msgid "Show Tabs"
msgstr "Reiter anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:708
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown"
msgstr "Sollen die Reiter angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:714
msgid "Show Border"
msgstr "Rand anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:715
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether the border should be shown"
msgstr "Soll der Rand angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:721
msgid "Scrollable"
msgstr "Rollbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:722
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Falls WAHR, werden Rollpfeile hinzugefügt, falls nicht alle Reiter Platz "
"finden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:728
msgid "Enable Popup"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Einblend-Fenster aktivieren"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:729
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
msgstr ""
"Falls WAHR, öffnet ein Rechtsklick auf das Notizbuch ein Menü, mit dem man "
"die Seiten ansteuern kann"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:743
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Group Name"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Gruppenname"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:744
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Group name for tab drag and drop"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Gruppenname für den Reiter beim Ziehen und ablegen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:751
msgid "Tab label"
msgstr "Reiterbeschriftung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:752
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
msgstr "Die auf dem Reiter des Kinds angezeigte Zeichenkette"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:758
msgid "Menu label"
msgstr "Menü-Beschriftung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:759
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
msgstr "Die im Menü des Kinds angezeigte Zeichenkette"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:772
msgid "Tab expand"
msgstr "Reiter ausklappen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:773
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob der Reiter des Kinds ausgeklappt werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:779
msgid "Tab fill"
msgstr "Reiter füllen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:780
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area"
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob der Reiter des Kinds den zugewiesenen Bereich ausfüllen soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:787
msgid "Tab reorderable"
msgstr "Reiter umordnerbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:788
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob der Reiter durch den Benutzer umgeordnet werden darf"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:794
msgid "Tab detachable"
msgstr "Reiter abtrennbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:795
msgid "Whether the tab is detachable"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob der Reiter abtrennbar ist"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:810 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:102
msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
msgstr "Zweiter Schrittschalter rückwärts"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:811
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Einen zweiten Rückwärtspfeil am gegenüberliegenden Ende des Reiterbereichs "
"anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:826 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:109
msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
msgstr "Zweiter Schrittschalter vorwärts"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:827
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Einen zweiten Vorwärtspfeil am gegenüberliegenden Ende des Reiterbereichs "
"anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:841 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:88
msgid "Backward stepper"
msgstr "Schrittschalter rückwärts"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:842 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:89
msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
msgstr "Den normalen Rückwärtspfeil anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:856 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:95
msgid "Forward stepper"
msgstr "Schrittschalter vorwärts"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:857 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:96
msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
msgstr "Den normalen Vorwärtspfeil anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:871
msgid "Tab overlap"
msgstr "Reiterüberlappung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:872
msgid "Size of tab overlap area"
msgstr "Größe der überlappenden Reiterregion"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:887
msgid "Tab curvature"
msgstr "Reiterkrümmung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:888
msgid "Size of tab curvature"
msgstr "Die Größe der Reiterkrümmung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:904
msgid "Arrow spacing"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Pfeilabstand"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
# CHECK
# Gemeint sind vermutlich die Pfeile, um in Karteireitern weiter zu blättern
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:905
msgid "Scroll arrow spacing"
msgstr "Abstand des Pfeils"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:921
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Initial gap"
msgstr "Vorangestellter Zwischenraum"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:922
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Initial gap before the first tab"
msgstr "Der dem ersten Reiter vorangestellte Zwischenraum"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:651
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Icon's count"
msgstr "Symbolanzahl"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:652
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The count of the emblem currently displayed"
msgstr "Die Anzahl der aktuell angezeigten Embleme"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:658
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Icon's label"
msgstr "Symbolbezeichnung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:659
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The label to be displayed over the icon"
msgstr "Die auf dem Symbol angezeigte Bezeichnung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:665
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Icon's style context"
msgstr "Stilkontext des Symbols"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:666
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The style context to theme the icon appearance"
msgstr "Der Stilkontext für das Erscheinungsbild von Symbolen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:672
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Background icon"
msgstr "Hintergrundsymbol"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:673
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The icon for the number emblem background"
msgstr "Das Symbol für den Hintergrund des Zahlenemblems"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:679
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Background icon name"
msgstr "Name des Hintergrundsymbols"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:680
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The icon name for the number emblem background"
msgstr "Der Symbolname für den Hintergrund des Zahlenemblems"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkorientable.c:61 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:329
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:126
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Orientation"
msgstr "Ausrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkorientable.c:62
msgid "The orientation of the orientable"
msgstr "Die Ausrichtung des Orientable-Widgets"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:348
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
msgstr "Die Position des Feldtrennbalkens in Pixel (0 heißt ganz links/oben)"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:357
msgid "Position Set"
msgstr "Position einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:358
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgstr "WAHR, falls die Eigenschaft Position verwendet werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:364
msgid "Handle Size"
msgstr "Griffgröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:365
msgid "Width of handle"
msgstr "Die Breite des Griffs"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:381
msgid "Minimal Position"
msgstr "Minimale Position"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:382
msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "Kleinster zulässiger Wert der Eigenschaft »position«"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:399
msgid "Maximal Position"
msgstr "Maximale Position"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:400
msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "Größter zulässiger Wert der Eigenschaft »position«"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:417
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Größe ändern"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:418
msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Soll das Kind zusammen mit dem Feldgröße-Widget ausgedehnt und geschrumpft "
"werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:433
msgid "Shrink"
msgstr "Schrumpfen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:434
msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr "Soll das Kind kleiner als der angeforderte Raum gemacht werden können?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:202 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:313
msgid "Embedded"
msgstr "Eingebettet"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:203
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether the plug is embedded"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob der Plug eingebettet ist"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:217
msgid "Socket Window"
msgstr "Socket-Fenster"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:218
msgid "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"
msgstr "Das Fenster des Sockets, in den der Plug eingebettet ist"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpressandhold.c:148
msgid "Hold Time"
msgstr "Haltezeit"
#: ../gtk/gtkpressandhold.c:148
msgid "Hold Time (in milliseconds)"
msgstr "Haltezeit (in Millisekunden)"
#: ../gtk/gtkpressandhold.c:152
msgid "Drag Threshold"
msgstr "Ziehschwellwert"
#: ../gtk/gtkpressandhold.c:152
msgid "Drag Threshold (in pixels)"
msgstr "Ziehschwellwert (in Pixel)"
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:124
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Name of the printer"
msgstr "Der Name des zu verwendenden Druckers"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:130
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Backend"
msgstr "Backend"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:131
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Backend for the printer"
msgstr "Backend für den Druckerr"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:137
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Is Virtual"
msgstr "Ist virtuell"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:138
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"
msgstr "FALSCH, falls dies einen realen Drucker darstellt"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:144
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Accepts PDF"
msgstr "Akzeptiert PDF"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:145
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"
msgstr "WAHR, falls dieser Drucker PDF akzeptieren kann"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:151
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Accepts PostScript"
msgstr "Akzeptiert PostScript"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:152
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"
msgstr "WAHR, falls dieser Drucker PostScript akzeptieren kann"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:158
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "State Message"
msgstr "Statusmitteilung"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:159
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "String giving the current state of the printer"
msgstr "Zeichenkette, die den momentanen Status des Druckers wiedergibt"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:165
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Ort"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:166
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The location of the printer"
msgstr "Der Ort des Druckers"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:173
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The icon name to use for the printer"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Der Name des für diesen Drucker zu verwendenden Symbols"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:179
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Job Count"
msgstr "Aufträge"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:180
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Number of jobs queued in the printer"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Anzahl der eingereihten Aufträge dieses Druckers"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:198
msgid "Paused Printer"
msgstr "Drucker angehalten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:199
msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused"
msgstr "WAHR, falls dieser Drucker angehalten ist"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:212
msgid "Accepting Jobs"
msgstr "Aufträge annehmen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:213
msgid "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"
msgstr "WAHR, falls dieser Drucker Aufträge annimmt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:103
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Option Value"
msgstr "Optionswert"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:104
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Value of the option"
msgstr "Wert der Option"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:120
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Source option"
msgstr "Quell-Option"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:121
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The PrinterOption backing this widget"
msgstr "Die PrinterOption für dieses Widget"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:140
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Title of the print job"
msgstr "Der Titel des Druckauftrags"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:148
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "Drucker"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:149
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Printer to print the job to"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Der für diesen Druckauftrag zu verwendende Drucker"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:157
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:158
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Printer settings"
msgstr "Druckereinstellungen"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:166 ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:167
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:366
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Page Setup"
msgstr "Seiteneinstellungen"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:175 ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1215
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgid "Track Print Status"
msgstr "Druckstatus überwachen"
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:176
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"WAHR, falls der Druckauftrag Statusänderungs-Signale emittieren soll nachdem "
"die Druckdaten an den Drucker oder den Drucker-Server gesendet wurden."
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1087
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Default Page Setup"
msgstr "Vorgabe-Seiteneinstellungen"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1088
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The GtkPageSetup used by default"
msgstr "Das als Vorgabe zu verwendende GtkPageSetup"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1106 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:384
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Print Settings"
msgstr "Druckeinstellungen"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1107 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:385
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog"
msgstr "Die beim Initialisieren des Dialogs zu verwendenden GtkPrintSettings"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1125
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Job Name"
msgstr "Auftragsname"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1126
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "A string used for identifying the print job."
msgstr "Eine Zeichenkette zur Identifizierung des Druckauftrags."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1150
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Number of Pages"
msgstr "Seitenanzahl"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1151
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The number of pages in the document."
msgstr "Die Anzahl der Seiten des Dokuments."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1172 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:374
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Current Page"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Aktuelle Seite"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1173 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:375
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid "The current page in the document"
msgstr "Die aktuelle Seite des Dokuments"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1194
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Use full page"
msgstr "Gesamte Seite verwenden"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1195
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
"not the corner of the imageable area"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"WAHR, falls der Ursprung des Kontexts an der Ecke der Seite sein soll und "
"nicht an der Ecke des druckbaren Bereichs"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1216
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"WAHR, falls die Druckoperation ihren Status an den Druckauftrag melden soll, "
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"nachdem die Druckdaten an den Drucker oder den Drucker-Server gesendet "
"wurden."
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1233
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Unit"
msgstr "Einheit"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1234
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"
msgstr "Die Einheit, mit der Abstände in diesem Kontext gemessen werden"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1251
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Dialog"
msgstr "Dialog anzeigen"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1252
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing."
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"WAHR, falls ein Fortschrittsanzeige-Dialog während des Druckens angezeigt "
"wird."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1275
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Allow Async"
msgstr "Async erlauben"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1276
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."
msgstr "WAHR, falls der Druckprozess asynchron laufen darf."
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1298 ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1299
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Export filename"
msgstr "Export-Dateiname"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1313
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1314
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The status of the print operation"
msgstr "Der Status der Druckoperation"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1334
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Status String"
msgstr "Status-Zeichenkette"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1335
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "A human-readable description of the status"
msgstr "Eine verständliche Beschreibung des Status"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1353
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Custom tab label"
msgstr "Eigene Reiterbeschriftung"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1354
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."
msgstr "Beschriftung für den Reiter mit benutzerdefinierten Widgets."
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1369 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:409
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Support Selection"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Auswahl unterstützen"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1370
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "WAHR, falls der Druckvorgang den Ausdruck einer Auswahl unterstützt."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1386 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:417
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Has Selection"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Hat eine Auswahl"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1387
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if a selection exists."
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "WAHR, falls eine Auswahl getätigt wurde."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1402 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:425
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Embed Page Setup"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Seiteneinrichtung einbetten"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1403
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"WAHR, falls die Seiteneinrichtung Auswahlfelder im GtkPrintDialog einbettet"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1424
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "Number of Pages To Print"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Zu druckende Seitenanzahl"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1425
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "The number of pages that will be printed."
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Die Anzahl der Seiten, die gedruckt werden."
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:367
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The GtkPageSetup to use"
msgstr "Das zu verwendende GtkPageSetup"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:392
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Selected Printer"
msgstr "Ausgewählter Drucker"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:393
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "The GtkPrinter which is selected"
msgstr "Der ausgewählte GtkPrinter"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:400
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Manual Capabilities"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Manuelle Fähigkeiten"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:401
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Capabilities the application can handle"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Fähigkeiten, die die Anwendung beherrschen kann"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:410
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Soll der Dialog eine Auswahl unterstützen?"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:418
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application has a selection"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Legt fest, ob die Anwendung eine Auswahl hat"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:426
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"WAHR, falls die Seiteneinrichtung Auswahlfelder im GtkPrintUnixDialog "
"einbettet"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:158
msgid "Fraction"
msgstr "Anteil"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:159
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
msgstr "Der fertiggestellte Anteil an der gesamten Arbeit"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:166
msgid "Pulse Step"
msgstr "Puls-Schrittweite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:167
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Der Anteil an der gesamten Breite, um die sich der hüpfende Balken bei jedem "
"Aktivitätspuls bewegt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:175
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgstr "Im Fortschrittsbalken anzuzeigender Text"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:196
2010-07-18 18:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Show text"
msgstr "Text anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:197
2010-07-18 18:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text."
msgstr "Legt fest, ob der Arbeitsfortschritt als Text angezeigt wird."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:219
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."
msgstr ""
"Der bevorzugte Bereich zur Auslassung in der Zeichenkette, falls der "
"Fortschrittsbalken nicht genug Platz hat, um sie komplett anzuzeigen."
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:226
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "X spacing"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "X-Freiraum"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:227
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."
msgstr "Extra Platz, der zur Breite der Fortschrittsanzeige hinzugefügt wird."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:232
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Y spacing"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Y-Freiraum"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:233
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."
msgstr "Extra Platz, der zur Höhe der Fortschrittsanzeige hinzugefügt wird."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:246
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Minimum horizontal bar width"
msgstr "Minimale Breite des horizontalen Balkens"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:247
msgid "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"
msgstr "Die minimale Breite der horizontalen Fortschrittsanzeige"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:259
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Minimum horizontal bar height"
msgstr "Minimale Höhe des horizontalen Balkens"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:260
msgid "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"
msgstr "Minimale Höhe der horizontalen Fortschrittsanzeige"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:272
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Minimum vertical bar width"
msgstr "Minimale Breite des vertikalen Balkens"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:273
msgid "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"
msgstr "Die minimale Breite der vertikalen Fortschrittsanzeige"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:285
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Minimum vertical bar height"
msgstr "Minimale Höhe des vertikalen Balkens"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:286
msgid "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"
msgstr "Die minimale Höhe der vertikalen Fortschrittsanzeige"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:116
msgid "The value"
msgstr "Der Wert"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:117
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action "
"is the current action of its group."
msgstr ""
"Der von »gtk_radio_action_get_current_value()« gelieferte wert, wenn diese "
"Aktion die derzeitige Gruppenaktion ist."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:133 ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:162
#: ../gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:425 ../gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:83
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Group"
msgstr "Gruppe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:134
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
msgstr "Die Radioaktion, zu dessen Gruppe diese Aktion gehört."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:149
msgid "The current value"
msgstr "Der aktuelle Wert"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:150
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The value property of the currently active member of the group to which this "
"action belongs."
msgstr ""
"Der Wert des momentan aktiven Mitglieds der Gruppe, zu der diese Aktion "
"gehört."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:163
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "Der Radioknopf, zu dessen Gruppe dieses Widget gehört."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:426
msgid "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "Das Radio-Menüeintrag, zu dessen Gruppe dieses Widget gehört."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:84
msgid "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."
msgstr "Der Radiowerkzeug-Knopf, zu dessen Gruppe dieser Knopf gehört."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:424
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Das GtkAdjustment, das den aktuellen Wert dieses Bereichsobjekts enthält"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:432
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Richtung der Schieberbewegung umkehren, um den Bereichswert zu vergrößern"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:439
msgid "Lower stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Untere Empfindlichkeit des Schrittschalters"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:440
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's lower "
"side"
msgstr ""
"Die Empfindlichkeit des Schrittschalters am unteren Ende der Möglichkeiten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:448
msgid "Upper stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Obere Empfindlichkeit des Schrittschaltes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:449
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's upper "
"side"
msgstr ""
"Die Empfindlichkeit des Schrittschalters am oberen Ende der Möglichkeiten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:466
msgid "Show Fill Level"
msgstr "Füllstand anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:467
msgid "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."
msgstr "Legt fest, ob der Füllstand im Trog angezeigt wird."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:483
msgid "Restrict to Fill Level"
msgstr "Auf Füllstand beschränken"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:484
msgid "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."
msgstr "Legt fest, ob der obere Rand auf den Füllstand beschränkt ist."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:499
msgid "Fill Level"
msgstr "Füllstand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:500
msgid "The fill level."
msgstr "Der Füllstand."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:517
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Round Digits"
msgstr "Angezeigte Stellen runden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:518
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The number of digits to round the value to."
msgstr "Die Anzahl der Stellen, auf die der Wert gerundet werden soll."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:526 ../gtk/gtkswitch.c:968
msgid "Slider Width"
msgstr "Schieberbreite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:527
msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Die Breite der Bildlaufleiste oder des Vergrößerungsschiebers"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:534
msgid "Trough Border"
msgstr "Trogrand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:535
msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Der Abstand zwischen den Schiebern bzw. den Schrittschaltern und der äußeren "
"Trogfase"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:542
msgid "Stepper Size"
msgstr "Schrittschalter-Größe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:543
msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
msgstr "Die Länge der Schrittschalter an den Enden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:556
msgid "Stepper Spacing"
msgstr "Schrittschalter-Abstand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:557
msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
msgstr "Der Abstand zwischen den Schrittschaltern und dem Schieber"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:564
msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
msgstr "Horizontaler Versatz des Pfeiles"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:565
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Wie weit soll der Pfeil in der horizontaler Richtung versetzt werden, wenn "
"der Knopf gedrückt wird?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:572
msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
msgstr "Y-Versatz des Pfeiles"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:573
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Wie weit soll der Pfeil in der Y-Richtung versetzt werden, wenn der Knopf "
"gedrückt wird?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:589
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Trough Under Steppers"
msgstr "Trog unter Schrittzählern"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:590
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers and "
"spacing"
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob der Trog über die gesamte Länge gezeichnet wird oder ob "
"Schrittzähler und Abstände ausgenommen werden"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:603
msgid "Arrow scaling"
msgstr "Pfeilskalierung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:604
msgid "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"
msgstr "Pfeilskalierung bezogen zur Größe der Bildlaufleiste"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:633 ../gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:244
msgid "Show Numbers"
msgstr "Nummern anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:634 ../gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:245
msgid "Whether the items should be displayed with a number"
msgstr "Sollen die Einträge nummeriert werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:130
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Recent Manager"
msgstr "»Zuletzt geöffnet«-Verwaltung"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:131
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The RecentManager object to use"
msgstr "Der zu verwendende RecentManager"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:145
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Private"
msgstr "Private anzeigen"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:146
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the private items should be displayed"
msgstr "Sollen private Einträge angezeigt werden?"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:159
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Tooltips"
msgstr "Minihilfen anzeigen"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:160
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"
msgstr "Soll bei Einträgen eine Minihilfe angezeigt werden?"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:172
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Icons"
msgstr "Symbole anzeigen"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:173
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether there should be an icon near the item"
msgstr "Soll bei Einträgen ein Symbol angezeigt werden?"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:188
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Not Found"
msgstr "Nicht gefundene Dateien anzeigen"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:189
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Sollen Einträge, die auf nicht verfügbare Ressourcen zeigen, angezeigt "
"werden?"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:202
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"
msgstr "Sollen mehrere Einträge ausgewählt werden können?"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:215
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Local only"
msgstr "Nur lokal"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:216
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
"Sollen die auswählbaren Ressourcen auf lokale file:-Adressen begrenzt werden?"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:232
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Limit"
msgstr "Limit"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:233
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The maximum number of items to be displayed"
msgstr "Die Anzahl der anzuzeigenden Einträge"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:247
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Sort Type"
msgstr "Sortierreihenfolge"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:248
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The sorting order of the items displayed"
msgstr "Die Sortierreihenfolge der angezeigten Einträge"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:263
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Der momentan zum Auswählen der anzuzeigenden Ressourcen zu verwendende Filter"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:294
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Der gesamte Pfad zur Datei, der zum Speichern und Lesen der Liste verwendet "
"wird"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:309
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The size of the recently used resources list"
msgstr "Die Größe der »Zuletzt verwendet«-Liste"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:219
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "The value of the scale"
msgstr "Der eingestellte Skalenwert"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:229
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "The icon size"
msgstr "Die Symbolgröße"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:238
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"
msgstr "Das GtkAdjustment, das den aktuellen Wert dieses Skalenobjekts enthält"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:266
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Icons"
msgstr "Symbole"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:267
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "List of icon names"
msgstr "Liste der Symbolnamen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:295
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
msgstr "Die Anzahl der Nachkommastellen, die für den Wert dargestellt werden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:304
msgid "Draw Value"
msgstr "Wert anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:305
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Soll der aktuelle Wert als Zeichenkette neben dem Schieber angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:312
msgid "Has Origin"
msgstr "Ursprung"
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:313
msgid "Whether the scale has an origin"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob die Skala einen Ursprung hat"
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:320
msgid "Value Position"
msgstr "Wertposition"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:321
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
msgstr "Die Position, an der der aktuelle Wert angezeigt wird"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:328
msgid "Slider Length"
msgstr "Schieberlänge"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:329
msgid "Length of scale's slider"
msgstr "Die Länge des Schiebers der Skala"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:337
msgid "Value spacing"
msgstr "Wertabstand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:338
msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
msgstr "Der Abstand zwischen der Wertangabe und dem Schieber-/Trogbereich"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:94
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
msgstr "Horizontale Stellgröße"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:95
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid ""
"Horizontal adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"
msgstr "Horizontale Anpassung des rollbaren Widgets und seines Controllers"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:111
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Vertical adjustment"
msgstr "Vertikale Stellgröße"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:112
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid ""
"Vertical adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"
msgstr "Vertikale Anpassung des rollbaren Widgets und seines Controllers"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:128
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Scrollable Policy"
msgstr "Horizontale Bildlaufleistenrichtlinie"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:129 ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:145
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "How the size of the content should be determined"
msgstr "Ermittlung der Größe des Inhalts"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:144
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Scrollable Policy"
msgstr "Vertikale Bildlaufleistenrichtlinie"
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:72
msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
msgstr "Die minimale Länge des Schiebers"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:73
msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Die minimale Länge des Bildlaufleisten-Schiebers"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:81
msgid "Fixed slider size"
msgstr "Feste Schiebergröße"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:82
msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Schiebergröße nicht ändern, sondern lediglich auf der minimalen Länge "
"festsperren"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:103
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Einen zweiten Rückwärtspfeil am gegenüber liegenden Ende der Bildlaufleiste "
"anzeigen"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:110
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Einen zweiten Vorwärtspfeil am gegenüber liegenden Ende der Bildlaufleiste "
"anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:366
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
msgstr "Horizontale Stellgröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:367
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
msgstr "Das GtkAdjustment für die horizontale Position"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:373
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
msgstr "Vertikale Stellgröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:374
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
msgstr "Das GtkAdjustment für die vertikale Position"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:380
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Horizontale Bildlaufleistenrichtlinie"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:381
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Wann soll die horizontale Bildlaufleiste angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:388
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Vertikale Bildlaufleistenrichtlinie"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:389
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Wann soll die vertikale Bildlaufleiste angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:397
msgid "Window Placement"
msgstr "Fensterplatzierung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:398
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars. This property "
"only takes effect if \"window-placement-set\" is TRUE."
msgstr ""
"Wo soll der Inhalt im Verhältnis zu den Bildlaufleisten liegen? Diese "
"Eigenschaft tritt nur in Kraft, falls »window-placement-set« WAHR ist."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:415
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Window Placement Set"
msgstr "Fensterplatzierung aktiviert"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:416
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of the "
"contents with respect to the scrollbars."
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob »window-placement« verwendet wird um die Position des Inhalts "
"im Verhältnis zu den Bildlaufleisten zu bestimmen."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:422
msgid "Shadow Type"
msgstr "Schattentyp"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:423
msgid "Style of bevel around the contents"
msgstr "Der Stil der Fase um den Inhalt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:437
msgid "Scrollbars within bevel"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Bildlaufleisten innerhalb der Fase"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:438
msgid "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Bildlaufleisten innerhalb der Fase des Fensters platzieren"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:444
msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Abstand der Bildlaufleisten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:445
msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Die Anzahl der Pixel zwischen den Bildlaufleisten und dem verschobenen "
"Fenster"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:461
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Content Width"
msgstr "Minimale Breite des Inhalts"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:462
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The minimum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr "Die minimale Breite, die das rollbare Fenster seinem Inhalt zuweist"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:476
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Content Height"
msgstr "Minimale Höhe des Inhalts"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:477
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
msgid ""
"The minimum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Die minimale Höhe, die das rollbare Fenster seinem Inhalt zuweist"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:492
msgid "Kinetic Scrolling"
msgstr "Kinetisches Rollen"
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:493
msgid "Kinetic scrolling mode."
msgstr "Kinetischer Rollmodus."
#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:141
msgid "Draw"
msgstr "Anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:142
msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
msgstr "Soll der Trenner angezeigt werden oder einfach nur leer sein?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:351
msgid "Double Click Time"
msgstr "Doppelklick-Zeit"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:352
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"Die maximale Zeit, die zwischen zwei Klicks vergehen darf, damit sie als "
"Doppelklick erkannt werden (in Millisekunden)"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:359
msgid "Double Click Distance"
msgstr "Doppelklick-Intervall"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:360
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
msgstr ""
"Der maximale Abstand, der zwischen zwei Klicks liegen darf, damit diese als "
"Doppelklick interpretiert werden (in Pixel)"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:376
msgid "Cursor Blink"
msgstr "Blinkender Zeiger"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:377
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
msgstr "Soll der Zeiger blinken?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:384
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
msgstr "Zeigerblinkdauer"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:385
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"
msgstr "Die Länge der Cursor-Blinkperiode in Millisekunden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:404
msgid "Cursor Blink Timeout"
msgstr "Cursor-Blinkdauer"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:405
msgid "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"
msgstr "Die Zeit nach der der Cursor aufhört zu blinken, in Millisekunden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:412
msgid "Split Cursor"
msgstr "Zeiger aufteilen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:413
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
msgstr ""
"Sollen für gemischt linksläufigen und rechtsläufigen Text zwei Zeiger "
"angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:420
msgid "Theme Name"
msgstr "Themenname"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:421
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Name of theme to load"
msgstr "Name des zu ladenden Themas"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:435
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Symbolthemenname"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:436
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
msgstr "Der Name des zu verwendenden Symbolthemas"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:444
msgid "Fallback Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Ausweich-Symbolthemenname"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:445
msgid "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"
msgstr "Der Name des zu verwendenden Ausweich-Symbolthemas"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:453
msgid "Key Theme Name"
msgstr "Name der Tastenbelegung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:454
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Name of key theme to load"
msgstr "Name des zu ladenden Schlüsselthemas"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:462
msgid "Menu bar accelerator"
msgstr "Menüleisten-Kürzel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:463
msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
msgstr "Tastaturkürzel, das die Menüleiste aktiviert"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:471
msgid "Drag threshold"
msgstr "Ziehschwellwert"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:472
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Anzahl der Pixel, die sich der Zeiger bewegen kann, bevor das Ziehen "
"einsetzt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:480
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "Schriftname"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:481
msgid "Name of default font to use"
msgstr "Der Name der zu verwendenden Vorgabeschrift"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:503
msgid "Icon Sizes"
msgstr "Symbolgröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:504
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
msgstr "Die Liste der Symbolgrößen (gtk-menu=16,16;gtk-button=20,20 usw.)"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:512
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
msgid "GTK Modules"
msgstr "GTK-Module"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:513
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
msgstr "Liste der aktiven GTK-Module"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:521
msgid "Xft Antialias"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Xft-Kantenglättung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:522
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Sollen die Kanten von Xft-Schriften geglättet werden? 0: nein, 1: ja, -1: "
"Vorgabe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:531
msgid "Xft Hinting"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Xft-Hinting"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:532
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Soll für Xft-Schriften Hinting verwendet werden? 0: nein, 1: ja, -1: Vorgabe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:541
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Xft-Hinting-Stil"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:542
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
msgstr ""
"Wie stark soll Hinting verwendet werden? none (keins), slight (leicht), "
"medium (mittel) oder full (stark)"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:551
msgid "Xft RGBA"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Xft-RGBA"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:552
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Typ der Subpixel-Kantenglättung; none (keine), rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:561
msgid "Xft DPI"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Xft-DPI"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:562
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
2004-02-26 15:35:40 +00:00
msgstr "Xft-Auflösung in 1024 * Punkt/Zoll. -1: Vorgabewert"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:571
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Cursor theme name"
msgstr "Mauszeigerthema"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:572
msgid "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Der Name des zu verwendenden Zeigerthemas, oder NULL, um das Vorgabethema zu "
"verwenden."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:580
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Cursor theme size"
msgstr "Größe des Zeigerthemas"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:581
msgid "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"
msgstr "Zu verwendende Zeigergröße, oder 0, um die Vorgabegröße zu verwenden."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:590
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Alternative button order"
msgstr "Alternative Reihenfolge für Knöpfe"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:591
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
msgstr "Sollen Knöpfe in Dialogen die alternative Reihenfolge verwenden?"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:608
msgid "Alternative sort indicator direction"
msgstr "Vertauschte Sortierknöpfe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:609
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob die Aktion der Sortierknöpfe gegenüber der Vorgabe, bei der "
"runter »aufsteigend« bedeutet, vertauscht sein soll. "
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:617
msgid "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"
msgstr "Menü »Eingabemethoden« anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:618
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to change "
"the input method"
msgstr ""
"Sollen die Kontextmenüs von Eingabe- und Textfeldern die Möglichkeit zum "
"Ändern der Eingabemethode bieten?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:626
msgid "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"
msgstr "Menü »Unicode-Steuerzeichen einfügen« anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:627
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to insert "
"control characters"
msgstr ""
"Sollen die Kontextmenüs von Eingabe- und Textfeldern die Möglichkeit zum "
"Einfügen von Steuerzeichen bieten?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:635
msgid "Start timeout"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Anfangs-Zeitlimit"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:636
msgid "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Anfangswert für Zeitlimits, wenn der Knopf gedrückt wird"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:645
msgid "Repeat timeout"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Wiederholungs-Zeitlimit"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:646
msgid "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Wiederholungswert für Zeitlimits, wenn der Knopf gedrückt wird"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:655
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Expand timeout"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Erweiterungs-Zeitlimit"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:656
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
"Erweiterungswert für Zeitlimits, wenn ein Widget in eine neue Region "
"expandiert"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:691
msgid "Color scheme"
msgstr "Farbschema"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:692
msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes"
msgstr "Eine Palette benannter Farben zur Verwendung in Themen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:701
msgid "Enable Animations"
msgstr "Animationen aktivieren"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:702
msgid "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."
msgstr "Sollen Toolkit-weite Animationen aktiviert werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:723
msgid "Enable Touchscreen Mode"
msgstr "Touchscreen-Modus aktivieren"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:724
msgid "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
"Falls WAHR, werden auf diesem Bildschirm keine Bewegungsbenachrichtigungs-"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
"Ereignisse geliefert"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:741
msgid "Tooltip timeout"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Minihilfe-Zeitlimit"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:742
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Zeitlimit, bis eine Minihilfe angezeigt wird"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:767
msgid "Tooltip browse timeout"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Minihilfe-Auswahl-Zeitlimit"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:768
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Zeitlimit, bevor eine Minihilfe im Auswahlmodus angezeigt wird"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:789
msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Minihilfe-Auswahlmodus-Zeitlimit"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:790
msgid "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Zeitlimit, nach dem der Auswahlmodus deaktiviert wird"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:809
msgid "Keynav Cursor Only"
msgstr "Nur Cursor-Tasten-Navigation"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:810
msgid "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Falls WAHR, kann nur mit den Cursor-Tasten durch Widgets navigiert werden."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:827
msgid "Keynav Wrap Around"
msgstr "Umbruch bei Tastaturnavigation"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:828
msgid "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob bei Navigation mit der Tastatur unten umgebrochen werden soll."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:848
msgid "Error Bell"
msgstr "Fehler-Signal"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:849
msgid "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Falls WAHR, erzeugen Tastaturnavigations- und andere Fehler einen Klang."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:866
msgid "Color Hash"
msgstr "Farb-Hash"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:867
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme."
msgstr "Eine Hash-Tabelle des Farbschemas"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:875
msgid "Default file chooser backend"
msgstr "Vorgabe-Backend des Dateiwählers"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:876
msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
msgstr "Der Name des per Vorgabe zu verwendenden GtkFileChooser-Backends"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:893
msgid "Default print backend"
msgstr "Vorgabe-Backend des Druckdialogs"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:894
msgid "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Liste der Namen von per Vorgabe zu verwendenden GtkPrintBackend-Backends"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:917
msgid "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Vorgabebefehl, der beim Anzeigen der Druckvorschau ausgeführt werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:918
msgid "Command to run when displaying a print preview"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Befehl, der beim Anzeigen der Druckvorschau ausgeführt werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:934
msgid "Enable Mnemonics"
msgstr "Mnemonics aktivieren"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:935
msgid "Whether labels should have mnemonics"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob Beschriftungen Mnemonics haben sollen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:951
msgid "Enable Accelerators"
msgstr "Kürzel aktivieren"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:952
msgid "Whether menu items should have accelerators"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob Menüeinträge Kürzel haben sollen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:969
msgid "Recent Files Limit"
msgstr "Limit der zuletzt verwendeten Dateien"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:970
msgid "Number of recently used files"
msgstr "Anzahl der zuletzt verwendeten Dateien"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:990
msgid "Default IM module"
msgstr "Vorgabe-IM-Modul"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:991
msgid "Which IM module should be used by default"
msgstr "Welches IM-Modul soll verwendet werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1009
msgid "Recent Files Max Age"
msgstr "Maximales Alter der zuletzt verwendeten Dateien"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1010
msgid "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"
msgstr "Maximales Alter der zuletzt verwendeten Dateien in Tagen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1019
msgid "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"
msgstr "Fontconfig-Einstellungs-Zeitstempel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1020
msgid "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"
msgstr "Zeitstempel der aktuellen Fontconfig-Einstellungen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1042
msgid "Sound Theme Name"
msgstr "Audiothemenname"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1043
msgid "XDG sound theme name"
msgstr "XDG-Audiothemenname"
#. Translators: this means sounds that are played as feedback to user input
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1065
msgid "Audible Input Feedback"
msgstr "Rückmeldung mit Klängen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1066
msgid "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"
msgstr "Soll auf Ereignisse eine Rückmeldung durch Klänge erfolgen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1087
msgid "Enable Event Sounds"
msgstr "Ereignis-Klänge aktivieren"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1088
msgid "Whether to play any event sounds at all"
msgstr "Sollen Ereignis-Klänge gespielt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1103
msgid "Enable Tooltips"
msgstr "Minihilfen aktivieren"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1104
msgid "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"
msgstr "Sollen Minihilfen auf Widgets angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1117
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar style"
msgstr "Werkzeugleisten-Stil"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1118
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
msgstr ""
"Sollen normale Werkzeugleisten nur Text, Text und Symbole, nur Symbole, etc. "
"haben?"
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1132
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar Icon Size"
msgstr "Symbolgröße in Werkzeugleiste"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1133
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "The size of icons in default toolbars."
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Die Größe der Symbole in normalen Werkzeugleisten."
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1150
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Auto Mnemonics"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Automatische Mnemonics"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1151
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
"presses the mnemonic activator."
msgstr ""
"Sollen Tastenkürzel automatisch angezeigt oder verborgen werden, wenn der "
"Benutzer die Tastenkürzel-Aktivierung drückt?"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1167
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Visible Focus"
msgstr "Zeiger sichtbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1168
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether 'focus rectangles' should be hidden until the user starts to use the "
"keyboard."
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob »Fokus-Boxen« verborgen werden sollen, bis der Benutzer die "
"Tastatur bedient."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1194
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Application prefers a dark theme"
2010-07-18 18:31:28 +00:00
msgstr "Anwendung bevorzugt ein dunkles Thema"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1195
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme."
2010-07-18 18:31:28 +00:00
msgstr "Legt fest, ob die Anwendung ein dunkles Thema bevorzugt."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1210
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Show button images"
msgstr "Knopfbilder anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1211
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether images should be shown on buttons"
msgstr "Sollen auf Knöpfen Bilder angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1219 ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1313
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Select on focus"
msgstr "Beim Fokussieren markieren"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1220
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Soll der Inhalt eines Eintrages markiert werden, wenn er fokussiert wird?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1237
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Password Hint Timeout"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Zeitlimit des Passwort-Hinweises"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1238
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"
msgstr ""
"Wie lange soll das zuletzt eingegebene Zeichen in versteckten Eingabefeldern "
"angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1247
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Show menu images"
msgstr "Menübilder anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1248
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
msgstr "Sollen in Menüs Bilder angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1256
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
msgstr "Die Verzögerung bis zum Erscheinen der Herabklapp-Menüs"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1257
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
msgstr "Die Verzögerung bis zum Erscheinen der Untermenüs in einer Menüleiste"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1274
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Scrolled Window Placement"
msgstr "Platzierung verschobener Fenster"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1275
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid ""
"Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
"scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."
msgstr ""
"Wo soll der Inhalt verschobener Fenster im Verhältnis zu den Bildlaufleisten "
"liegen, falls der Wert nicht durch die eigene Position des verschobenen "
"Fensters überschrieben wird?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1284
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Can change accelerators"
msgstr "Kürzel können geändert werden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1285
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item"
msgstr ""
"Sollen Menükürzel geändert werden können, indem man eine Taste drückt, wenn "
"der Menüeintrag markiert ist?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1293
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
msgstr "Verzögerung bis zum Erscheinen der Untermenüs"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1294
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid ""
"Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear"
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Die Zeit, die sich der Mauszeiger über einem Menüeintrag befinden muss, "
"bevor das Untermenü erscheint"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1303
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
msgstr "Verzögerung bis zum Verbergen eines Untermenüs"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1304
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid ""
"The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
"submenu"
msgstr ""
"Die Zeit, bis ein Untermenü verborgen wird, wenn sich der Mauszeiger in "
"dessen Richtung bewegt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1314
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Soll der Inhalt einer auswählbaren Beschriftung markiert werden, wenn sie "
"fokussiert wird?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1322
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Custom palette"
msgstr "Eigene Palette"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1323
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
msgstr "Im Farbwähler zu verwendende Palette"
# CHECK
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1331
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "IM Preedit style"
msgstr "Im Voraus bearbeiteter EM-Stil"
# CHECK
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1332
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
msgstr ""
"Wie die im Voraus bearbeitete Eingabemethoden-Zeichenkette gezeichnet werden "
"soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1341
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "IM Status style"
msgstr "EM-Statusstil"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1342
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
msgstr "Wie die Eingabemethoden-Statusleiste gezeichnet werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1351
msgid "Desktop shell shows app menu"
msgstr "Arbeitsumgebung zeigt Anwendungsmenü"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1352
msgid ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the app menu, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."
msgstr ""
"Auf WAHR setzen, wenn die Arbeitsumgebung das Anwendungsmenü anzeigen soll. "
"Auf FALSCH setzen, wenn die Anwendung das Menü selbst anzeigen soll."
# CHECK
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1361
msgid "Desktop shell shows the menubar"
msgstr "Desktop-Shell zeigt die Menüleiste"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1362
msgid ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the menubar, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."
msgstr ""
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:380 ../gtk/gtktreeselection.c:129
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Modus"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:381
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"
msgstr ""
"Die Richtungen, in denen die Größengruppe die angeforderten Größen ihrer "
"Komponenten-Widgets beeinflusst"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:397
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Ignore hidden"
msgstr "Versteckte ignorieren"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:398
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the group"
msgstr ""
"Wenn WAHR, werden alle nicht zugewiesenen Widgets beim Berechnen der "
"Gruppengröße ignoriert"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:324
msgid "Climb Rate"
msgstr "Steigrate"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:344
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
msgstr "Auf Teilstriche einrasten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:345
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
"nearest step increment"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Sollen abseits liegende Werte automatisch auf das nächste "
"Schrittweitenvielfache des Spinbuttons gerundet werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:352
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "Numerisch"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:353
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
msgstr "Sollen nicht-numerische Zeichen ignoriert werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:360
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "Zyklisch"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:361
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
msgstr "Soll der Spinbutton beim Erreichen seiner Grenzen umbrechen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:368
msgid "Update Policy"
msgstr "Aktualisierungsmethode"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:369
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
msgstr ""
"Soll der Spinbutton immer aktualisieren, oder nur wenn der Wert zulässig ist?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:378
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
msgstr "Liest den aktuellen Wert aus oder stellt einen neuen ein"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:387
msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
msgstr "Der Stil der Fase um den Spinbutton"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:115
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Soll der Spinner aktiv sein?"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:183
msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
msgstr "Stil der Fase um den Text der Statusleiste"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:280
msgid "The size of the icon"
msgstr "Die Größe des Symbols"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:290
msgid "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"
msgstr "Der Bildschirm, auf dem dieses Statussymbol angezeigt werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:298
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether the status icon is visible"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob das Statussymbol sichtbar sein soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:314
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether the status icon is embedded"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob das Statussymbol eingebettet ist"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:330 ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:127
msgid "The orientation of the tray"
msgstr "Die Ausrichtung des Benachrichtigungsfeldes"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:357 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1124
msgid "Has tooltip"
msgstr "Hat Minihilfe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:358
msgid "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob das Benachrichtigungssymbol eine Minihilfe hat"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:383 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1145
msgid "Tooltip Text"
msgstr "Minihilfe-Text"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:384 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1146 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1167
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"
msgstr "Der Inhalt der Minihilfe dieses Widgets"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:407 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1166
msgid "Tooltip markup"
msgstr "Minihilfen-Markup"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:408
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"
msgstr "Der Inhalt der Minihilfe dieses Benachrichtigungssymbols"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:426
2009-07-03 06:20:49 +00:00
msgid "The title of this tray icon"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Die Größe des Benachrichtigungssymbols"
2009-07-03 06:20:49 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:443
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The associated GdkScreen"
msgstr "Der zugeordnete GdkScreen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:449
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Richtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:450 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:282
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "Textrichtung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:466
msgid "The parent style context"
msgstr "Der übergeordnete Stilkontext"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:110
msgid "Property name"
msgstr "Eigenschaftsname"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:111
msgid "The name of the property"
msgstr "Der Name der Eigenschaft"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:117
msgid "Value type"
msgstr "Wertetyp"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:118
msgid "The value type returned by GtkStyleContext"
msgstr "Der von GtkStyleContext zurückgegebene Werttyp"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkswitch.c:934
msgid "Whether the switch is on or off"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob der Schalter an oder aus ist."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkswitch.c:969
msgid "The minimum width of the handle"
msgstr "Die minimale Breite des Anfassers"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:201
msgid "Tag Table"
msgstr "Tag-Tabelle"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:202
msgid "Text Tag Table"
msgstr "Text-Tag-Tabelle"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:220
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Current text of the buffer"
msgstr "Aktueller Text des Puffers"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:234
msgid "Has selection"
msgstr "Hat Auswahl"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:235
msgid "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"
msgstr "Ob der Puffer einen momentan ausgewählten Text hat"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:251
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Cursor position"
msgstr "Zeigerposition"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:252
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"
msgstr "Die Position des Einfügezeigers (Versatz zum Beginn des Puffers)"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:267
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Copy target list"
msgstr "Ziele für »Kopieren«"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:268
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND source"
msgstr ""
"Die Liste der Ziele, die dieser Puffer für das Kopieren aus der "
"Zwischenablage und Drag&Drop-Quellen unterstützt."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:283
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Paste target list"
msgstr "Ziele für »Einfügen«"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:284
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
"destination"
msgstr ""
"Die Liste der Ziele, die dieser Puffer für das Einfügen aus der "
"Zwischenablage und durch Drag&Drop-Zielen unterstützt."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:127
msgid "Mark name"
msgstr "Markierungsname"
# CHECK
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:134
msgid "Left gravity"
msgstr "Linke Schwere"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:135
msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob die Markierung linke Schwere besitzt."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:188
msgid "Tag name"
msgstr "Tagname"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:189
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Dieser Name wird verwendet, um auf das Text-Tag Bezug zu nehmen. NULL "
"bedeutet anonyme Tags"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:228
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Background RGBA"
msgstr "RGBA-Hintergrundfarbe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:236
msgid "Background full height"
msgstr "Hintergrund über volle Höhe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:237
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"
msgstr ""
"Soll die Hintergrundfarbe die gesamte Zeilenhöhe oder nur die Höhe der "
"markierten Zeichen ausfüllen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:274
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Foreground RGBA"
msgstr "RGBA-Vordergrundfarbe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:283
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Textrichtung, d.h. von rechts nach links oder von links nach rechts"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:332
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
msgstr "Der Schriftstil als PangoStyle, z.B. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:341
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
msgstr "Die Schriftvariation als PangoVariant, z.B. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:350
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Das Schriftgewicht als Ganzzahl, siehe vordefinierte Werte in PangoWeight; z."
"B. PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:361
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
msgstr "Die Schriftdehnung als PangoStrech, z.B. PANGO_STRECH_CONDENSED"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:370
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
msgstr "Schriftgröße in Pango-Einheiten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:380
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Die Schriftgröße als Skalierungsfaktor relativ zur vorgegebenen "
"Schriftgröße. Dies wird bei Themenänderungen o.ä. dynamisch angepasst und "
"ist daher empfehlenswert. Pango stellt einige vordefinierte Skalierungen zur "
"Verfügung, so z.B. PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:400 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:702
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
msgstr "Den Text linksbündig, rechtsbündig oder zentriert ausrichten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:419
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
msgstr ""
"Die ISO-Kennung der Sprache, in der dieser Text angezeigt wird. Pango kann "
"dies bei der Textdarstellung als Wink verwenden. Falls Sie diesen Parameter "
"nicht verstehen, benötigen Sie ihn wahrscheinlich nicht."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:426
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "Linker Rand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:427 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:711
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
2004-01-19 17:12:57 +00:00
msgstr "Die Breite des linken Rands in Pixel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:436
msgid "Right margin"
msgstr "Rechter Rand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:437 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:721
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
2004-01-19 17:12:57 +00:00
msgstr "Die Breite des linken Rands in Pixel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:447 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:730
msgid "Indent"
2004-01-19 17:12:57 +00:00
msgstr "Einrückung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:448 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:731
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
msgstr "Die Einrückungstiefe des Absatzes in Pixel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:459
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
"in Pango units"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Das Hochstellen des Texts über der Grundlinie (Tiefstellen, wenn der Wert "
"negativ ist) in Pango-Einheiten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:468
msgid "Pixels above lines"
msgstr "Pixel über Zeilen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:469 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:655
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
msgstr "Der Leerraum über Absätzen in Pixel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:478
msgid "Pixels below lines"
msgstr "Pixel unter Zeilen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:479 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:665
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
msgstr "Der Leerraum unter Absätzen in Pixel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:488
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
msgstr "Pixel im Umbruch"
# CHECK!!!
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:489 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:675
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Der Leerraum zwischen umgebrochenen Zeilen innerhalb eines Absatzes in Pixel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:516 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:693
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
msgstr "Zeilen nie, an Wort-, oder an Zeichengrenzen umbrechen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:525 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:740
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "Reiter"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:526 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:741
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
msgstr "Eigene Reiter für diesen Text"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:544
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr "Unsichtbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:545
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
msgid "Whether this text is hidden."
msgstr "Legt fest, ob dieser Text versteckt wird."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:559
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color name"
msgstr "Name der Absatzhintergrundfarbe"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:560
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color as a string"
msgstr "Die Absatzhintergrundfarbe als Zeichenkette"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:576
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color"
msgstr "Absatzhintergrundfarbe"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:577
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Die Absatzhintergrundfarbe als GdkColor"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:591
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background RGBA"
msgstr "Absatzhintergrund als RGBA"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:592
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background RGBA as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Die RGBA-Absatzhintergrundfarbe als GdkRGBA"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:610
msgid "Margin Accumulates"
msgstr "Ränder auflaufen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:611
msgid "Whether left and right margins accumulate."
msgstr "Legt fest, ob linke und rechte Ränder aufeinander auflaufen."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:624
msgid "Background full height set"
msgstr "Volle Hintergrundhöhe einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:625
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag die Höhe des Hintergrunds beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:664
msgid "Justification set"
msgstr "Ausrichtung einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:665
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag die Absatzausrichtung beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:672
msgid "Left margin set"
msgstr "Linken Rand einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:673
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag den linken Rand beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:676
msgid "Indent set"
msgstr "Einrückung einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:677
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag die Einrückung beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:684
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
msgstr "Pixel über Zeilen einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:685 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:689
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag den Leerraum über Zeilen beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:688
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
msgstr "Pixel unter Zeilen einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:692
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
msgstr "Pixel im Umbruch einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:693
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Soll dieses Tag die Anzahl der Pixel zwischen umbrochenen Zeilen "
"beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:700
msgid "Right margin set"
msgstr "Rechten Rand einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:701
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag den rechten Rand beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:708
msgid "Wrap mode set"
msgstr "Umbruchmodus einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:709
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag den Umbruchmodus beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:712
msgid "Tabs set"
msgstr "Reiter einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:713
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag Reiter beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:716
msgid "Invisible set"
msgstr "Unsichtbarkeit einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:717
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
msgstr "Soll dieses Tag die Sichtbarkeit des Texts beeinflussen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:720
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background set"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Absatzhintergrund einstellen"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:721
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob dieses Tag die Absatzhintergrundfarbe beeinflusst"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:654
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
msgstr "Pixel über Zeilen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:664
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
msgstr "Pixel unter Zeilen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:674
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
msgstr "Pixel im Umbruch"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:692
msgid "Wrap Mode"
msgstr "Umbruchmodus"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:710
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "Linker Rand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:720
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "Rechter Rand"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:748
msgid "Cursor Visible"
msgstr "Zeiger sichtbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:749
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
msgstr "Soll der Einfügezeiger gezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:756
msgid "Buffer"
msgstr "Puffer"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:757
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
msgstr "Der anzuzeigende Puffer"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:765
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
msgstr "Soll eingegebener Text vorhandenen Inhalt überschreiben?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:772
msgid "Accepts tab"
msgstr "Akzeptiert Tabulator"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:773
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Soll das Drücken der Tab-Taste dazu führen, dass ein Tabulatorzeichen "
"eingegeben wird?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:808
msgid "Error underline color"
2004-03-04 16:20:31 +00:00
msgstr "Farbe zum Unterstreichen von Fehlern"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:809
msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Farbe, in der Unterstreichungen gezeichnet werden sollen, die Fehler "
"anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkthemingengine.c:251
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Theming engine name"
msgstr "Name der Themen-Engine"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:116
msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
msgstr "Als Radio-Aktion die selben Proxys erzeugen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:117
msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
msgstr "Sollen die Proxys dieser Aktion wie Radio-Aktions-Proxys aussehen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:132
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether the toggle action should be active"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob die Umschaltaktion aktiv sein soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:177 ../gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:126
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob der Umschaltknopf eingedrückt sein soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:185
msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
msgstr "Ist der Umschaltknopf in einem »Zwischen«-Zustand?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:192
msgid "Draw Indicator"
msgstr "Indikator zeichnen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:193
msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
msgstr "Soll der Umschaltteil des Knopfes dargestellt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:502 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1037
msgid "Toolbar Style"
msgstr "Werkzeugleisten-Stil"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:503
msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
msgstr "Wie soll die Werkzeugleiste gezeichnet werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:510
msgid "Show Arrow"
msgstr "Pfeil anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:511
msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
msgstr "Soll ein Pfeil angezeigt werden, falls die Werkzeugleiste nicht passt?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:532
msgid "Size of icons in this toolbar"
msgstr "Die Größe der Symbole in dieser Werkzeugleiste"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:547 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1023
msgid "Icon size set"
msgstr "Symbolgröße gesetzt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:548 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1024
msgid "Whether the icon-size property has been set"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob die Eigenschaft »icon-size« gesetzt ist"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:557
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Soll dem Kind zusätzlicher Platz zugewiesen werden, wenn das Werkzeugleisten-"
"Widget wächst?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:565 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1646
msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
msgstr "Soll das Objekt gleich groß wie andere homogene Objekte sein?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:572
msgid "Spacer size"
msgstr "Trennergröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:573
msgid "Size of spacers"
msgstr "Die Größe der Trenner"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:582
msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Der Randabstand zwischen dem Schatten der Werkzeugleiste und den Knöpfen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:590
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Maximum child expand"
msgstr "Maximale Breite des Kindes"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:591
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Der maximale Platz, den ein ausgeklapptes Objekt erhält"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:599
msgid "Space style"
msgstr "Trennerstil"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:600
msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
msgstr "Sollen Trenner vertikale Balken oder einfach nur leer sein?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:607
msgid "Button relief"
msgstr "Knopfrelief"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:608
msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
msgstr "Die Art der Fase um die Knöpfe der Werkzeugleiste"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:615
msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
msgstr "Der Stil der Fase um die Werkzeugleiste"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:240
msgid "Text to show in the item."
msgstr "Im Objekt anzuzeigender Text."
# CHECK
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:247
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character "
"should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu"
msgstr ""
"Falls eingeschaltet, bedeutet ein Unterstrich im Beschriftungstext, dass das "
"nächste Zeichen als Tastaturkürzel im Überlaufmenü verwendet werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:254
msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
msgstr "Als Objektbeschriftung zu verwendendes Widget"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:260
msgid "Stock Id"
msgstr "Repertoire-Kennung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:261
msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "Das auf dem Objekt angezeigte Repertoire-Symbol"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:277
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Icon name"
msgstr "Symbolname"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:278
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Der Name des thematisierten Symbols, welches auf dem Objekt angezeigt wird"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:284
msgid "Icon widget"
msgstr "Symbol-Widget"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:285
msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
msgstr "Im Objekt anzuzeigendes Symbol-Widget"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:301
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Icon spacing"
msgstr "Symbolabstand"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:302
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Der Abstand zwischen dem Symbol und der Beschriftung in Pixel"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:206
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons "
"show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
msgstr ""
"Wird das Werkzeugleistenobjekt als wichtig angesehen? Falls dem so ist, "
"zeigen Knöpfe Text im Modus »GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ« an"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1593
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "The human-readable title of this item group"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Ein verständlicher Titel dieser Objektgruppe"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1600
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual label"
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Ein Widget, das anstatt der üblichen Beschriftung angezeigt werden soll"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1606
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Collapsed"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Eingeklappt"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1607
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob die Gruppe eingeklappt und die Objekte verborgen sind"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1613
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "ellipsize"
msgstr "Auslassungen"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1614
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Auslassungen für Objektgruppenköpfe"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1620
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Header Relief"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Spaltenkopf-Relief"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1621
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Relief of the group header button"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Relief des Spaltenkopf-Knopfs"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1636
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Header Spacing"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Abstand im Kopf"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1637
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Abstand zwischen Ausklapppfeil und Beschriftung"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1653
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Soll dem Objekt zusätzlicher Platz zugewiesen werden, wenn die Gruppe wächst?"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1660
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should fill the available space"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Soll das Objekt den verfügbaren Platz ausfüllen?"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1666
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "New Row"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Neue Zeile"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1667
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should start a new row"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Soll mit dem Objekt eine neue Zeile begonnen werden?"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1674
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Position of the item within this group"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Die Position des Objekts in dieser Gruppe"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1008
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Size of icons in this tool palette"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Die Größe der Symbole in dieser Werkzeugpalette"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1038
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Style of items in the tool palette"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Der Stil der Symbole in dieser Werkzeugpalette"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1054
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Exclusive"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Exklusiv"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1055
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Soll stets nur eine Objektgruppe innerhalb eines Zeitraums ausgeklappt sein?"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1070
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Soll der Objektgruppe zusätzlicher Platz zugewiesen werden, wenn die Palette "
"wächst?"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-18 18:31:28 +00:00
# CHECK
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:136
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color for symbolic icons"
2010-07-18 18:31:28 +00:00
msgstr "Vordergrundfarbe für symbolische Symbole"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:143
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Error color"
2010-07-18 18:31:28 +00:00
msgstr "Fehlerfarbe"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:144
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Error color for symbolic icons"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr "Fehlerfarbe für symbolische Symbole"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:151
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Warning color"
2010-07-18 18:31:28 +00:00
msgstr "Warnfarbe"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:152
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Warning color for symbolic icons"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr "Warnfarbe für symbolische Symbole"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:159
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Success color"
2010-07-18 18:31:28 +00:00
msgstr "Erfolgsfarbe"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
# CHECK
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:160
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Success color for symbolic icons"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Erfolgsfarbe für symbolische Symbole"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:168
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray"
2010-07-18 18:31:28 +00:00
msgstr "Auffüllung um die Symbole im Benachrichtigungsfeld"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:177
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgid "Icon Size"
msgstr "Symbolgröße"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:178
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgid "The pixel size that icons should be forced to, or zero"
msgstr "Die Größe in Pixel, die für Symbole erzwungen werden soll, oder Null"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:285
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "TreeMenu model"
msgstr "TreeMenu-Modell"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:286
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The model for the tree menu"
msgstr "Das Modell für die Baumansicht"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:308
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "TreeMenu root row"
msgstr "TreeMenu-Basiszeile"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:309
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The TreeMenu will display children of the specified root"
msgstr "Das TreeMenu, das Kindelemente der angegebenen Basis anzeigt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:342
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Tearoff"
msgstr "Abreißen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:343
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether the menu has a tearoff item"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob das Menü einen Abreißbereich besitzt."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:359
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Wrap Width"
msgstr "Umbruchbreite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:360
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Wrap width for laying out items in a grid"
msgstr "Umbruchbreite zum Anordnen der Objekte in einem Gitter"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:489
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
msgstr "TreeModelSort-Modell"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:490
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
msgstr "Das von TreeModelSort zum Sortieren verwendete Modell"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:992
msgid "TreeView Model"
msgstr "Baumansichtsmodell"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:993
msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgstr "Das Modell für die Baumansicht"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1005
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Headers Visible"
msgstr "Sichtbare Köpfe"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1006
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgstr "Die Spaltenkopf-Knöpfe anzeigen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1013
msgid "Headers Clickable"
msgstr "Klickbare Köpfe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1014
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
msgstr "Die Spaltenköpfe sollen auf Klick-Ereignisse reagieren"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1021
msgid "Expander Column"
msgstr "Ausklapper-Spalte"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1022
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
msgstr "Die Spalte für die Ausklapper einstellen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1037
msgid "Rules Hint"
msgstr "Streifenwink"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1038
msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Einen Wink an die Themen-Engine übergeben, dass Zeilen in wechselnden Farben "
"gezeichnet werden sollen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1045
msgid "Enable Search"
msgstr "Suche aktivieren"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1046
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Ansicht soll es dem Benutzer erlauben, Spalten interaktiv zu durchsuchen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1053
msgid "Search Column"
msgstr "Suchspalte"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1054
msgid "Model column to search through during interactive search"
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Modellspalte, die bei der interaktiven Suche durchsucht werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1074
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
msgstr "Feste Höhe-Modus"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1075
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Beschleunigt GtkTreeView durch die Annahme, dass alle Zeilen gleich hoch "
"sind."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1095
msgid "Hover Selection"
msgstr "Schwebende Auswahl"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1096
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
msgstr "Soll die Auswahl dem Zeige folgen?"
# CHECK - »Expand on hover« oder »Hover the expansion«?
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1115
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Hover Expand"
msgstr "Schwebendes Ausdehnen"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1116
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob Zeilen aus-/eingeklappt werden, wenn der Zeiger sich über sie "
"bewegt"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1130
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Expanders"
msgstr "Ausklapper anzeigen"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1131
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "View has expanders"
msgstr "Ansicht hat Ausklapper"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1145
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Level Indentation"
msgstr "Einrückung von Ebenen"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1146
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Extra indentation for each level"
msgstr "Zusätzliche Einrückung für jede Ebene"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1155
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Rubber Banding"
msgstr "Gummiband"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1156
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Sollen mehrere Einträge durch Ziehen des Mauszeigers ausgewählt werden "
"können?"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1163
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Enable Grid Lines"
msgstr "Rasterlinien aktivieren"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1164
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr "Sollen Rasterlinien in der Baumansicht angezeigt werden?"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1172
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Enable Tree Lines"
msgstr "Baumlinien aktivieren"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1173
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr "Sollen Baumlinien in der Baumansicht angezeigt werden?"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
# CHECK - Spalte oder Modell, wer »enthält«?
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1181
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"
msgstr "Die Spalte des Modells, das die Minihilfentexte der Zeilen enthält."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1203
msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
msgstr "Breite des vertikalen Trennbalkens"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1204
msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
msgstr "Der vertikale Abstand zwischen den Zellen. Muss eine gerade Zahl sein"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1212
msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
msgstr "Breite des horizontalen Trennbalkens"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1213
msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Der horizontale Abstand zwischen den Zellen. Muss eine gerade Zahl sein"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1221
msgid "Allow Rules"
msgstr "Lesehilfen erlauben"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1222
msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
msgstr "Die Darstellung von farblich abwechselnden Zeilen erlauben"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1228
msgid "Indent Expanders"
msgstr "Ausklapper einrücken"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1229
msgid "Make the expanders indented"
msgstr "Die Ausklapper einrücken"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1235
msgid "Even Row Color"
msgstr "Farbe der geraden Spalten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1236
msgid "Color to use for even rows"
msgstr "Die für ungerade Zeilen zu verwendende Farbe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1242
msgid "Odd Row Color"
msgstr "Farbe der ungeraden Spalten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1243
msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
msgstr "Die für gerade Zeilen zu verwendende Farbe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1249
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Grid line width"
msgstr "Breite der Rasterlinie"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1250
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"
msgstr "Die Breite der Rasterlinien einer Baumansicht in Pixel"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1256
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Tree line width"
msgstr "Breite der Baumlinie"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1257
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"
msgstr "Die Breite der Linien einer Baumansicht in Pixel"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1263
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Grid line pattern"
msgstr "Muster der Rasterlinie"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1264
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Das zum Zeichnen der Gitterlinien einer Baumansicht zu verwendende Muster"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1270
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Tree line pattern"
msgstr "Muster der Baumlinie"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1271
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"
msgstr "Das zum Zeichnen der Linien einer Baumansicht zu verwendende Muster"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:248
msgid "Whether to display the column"
msgstr "Soll die Spalte angezeigt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:255 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:656
msgid "Resizable"
msgstr "Größe veränderlich"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:256
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
msgstr "Ist die Größe der Spalte vom Benutzer veränderbar?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:264
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Current X position of the column"
msgstr "Aktuelle X-Position der Spalte"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:274
msgid "Current width of the column"
msgstr "Die momentane Breite der Spalte"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:291
msgid "Sizing"
msgstr "Größenänderung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:292
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
msgstr "Der Größenänderungs-Modus der Spalte"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:300
msgid "Fixed Width"
msgstr "Feste Breite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:301
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgstr "Die momentane feste Breite der Spalte"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:311
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Die minimal erforderliche Spaltenbreite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:320
msgid "Maximum Width"
msgstr "Maximale Breite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:321
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Die maximal zulässige Spaltenbreite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:331
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
msgstr "Der Titel, der im Spaltenkopf erscheinen soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:339
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
msgstr "Spalte erhält Anteil der dem Widget zugewiesenen, zusätzlichen Breite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:346
msgid "Clickable"
msgstr "Klickbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:347
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgstr "Soll der Kopf angeklickt werden können?"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:356
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Das Widget, das statt des Spaltentitels im Spaltenkopf-Knopf erscheinen soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:364
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
msgstr "Die horizontale Ausrichtung des Spaltenkopftextes oder -widgets"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:374
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgstr "Kann die Spalte um die Köpfe umsortiert werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:381
msgid "Sort indicator"
msgstr "Sortierungsanzeiger"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:382
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgstr "Soll ein Sortierungsanzeiger dargestellt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:389
msgid "Sort order"
msgstr "Sortierreihenfolge"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:390
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
msgstr "Die Richtung, in die der Sortierungsanzeiger zeigen soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:406
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "Sort column ID"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Sortierspaltenkennung"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:407
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Logische Sortierspaltenkennung, nach der diese Spalte bei Auswahl sortiert "
"wird"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:483
msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
msgstr "Sollen Abreiß-Menüeinträge zu Menüs hinzugefügt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:490
msgid "Merged UI definition"
msgstr "Zusammengeführte UI-Definition"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:491
msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
msgstr "Eine XML-Zeichenkette, die die zusammengeführte UI beschreibt"
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:156
msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, wie der schattierte Rahmen um das Sichtfeld dargestellt wird"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:155
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Use symbolic icons"
msgstr "Symbolische Symbole verwenden"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:156
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use symbolic icons"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob symbolische Symbole verwendet werden sollen."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:983
msgid "Widget name"
msgstr "Widget-Name"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:984
msgid "The name of the widget"
msgstr "Der Name des Widgets"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:990
msgid "Parent widget"
msgstr "Eltern-Widget"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:991
msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
msgstr "Das Eltern-Widget dieses Widgets. Muss ein Container-Widget sein"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:998
msgid "Width request"
msgstr "Breitenanforderung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:999
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
msgstr ""
"Direkte Angabe für die Breitenanforderung des Widgets; -1, falls die "
"natürliche Anforderung verwendet werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1007
msgid "Height request"
msgstr "Höhenanforderung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1008
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Direkte Angabe für die Höhenanforderung des Widgets; -1, falls die "
"natürliche Anforderung verwendet werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1017
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgstr "Soll das Widget sichtbar sein?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1024
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
msgstr "Soll das Widget auf Eingaben reagieren?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1030
msgid "Application paintable"
msgstr "Direktes Zeichnen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1031
msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
msgstr "Kann die Anwendung direkt auf das Widget zeichnen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1037
msgid "Can focus"
msgstr "Fokussierbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1038
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
msgstr "Soll das Widget den Eingabefokus akzeptieren können?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1044
msgid "Has focus"
msgstr "Hat Fokus"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1045
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgstr "Soll das Widget den Eingabefokus haben?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1051
msgid "Is focus"
msgstr "Ist Fokus"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1052
msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
msgstr "Ist das Widget das fokussierte Widget innerhalb der obersten Ebene?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1058
msgid "Can default"
2004-01-19 17:12:57 +00:00
msgstr "Kann Vorgabe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1059
msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
msgstr "Soll das Widget das Vorgabe-Widget sein können?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1065
msgid "Has default"
msgstr "Ist Vorgabe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1066
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
msgstr "Soll das Widget das Vorgabe-Widget sein?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1072
msgid "Receives default"
msgstr "Vorgabe erhalten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1073
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Falls WAHR, erhält das Widget die Vorgabe-Aktion, wenn es fokussiert ist"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1079
msgid "Composite child"
msgstr "Zusammengesetztes Kind"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1080
msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
msgstr "Ist das Widget Teil eines zusammengesetzten Widgets?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1086
msgid "Style"
msgstr "Stil"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1087
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look "
"(colors etc)"
msgstr ""
"Der Stil des Widgets, der Informationen zu seinem Aussehen enthält (Farben "
"etc.)"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1093
msgid "Events"
msgstr "Ereignisse"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1094
msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Ereignismaske, die entscheidet, welche GdkEvents dieses Widget erhält"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1101
msgid "No show all"
msgstr "Kein Show-All"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1102
msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
msgstr "Soll »gtk_widget_show_all()« dieses Widget nicht betreffen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1125
msgid "Whether this widget has a tooltip"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob das Widget eine Minihilfe hat"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1181
msgid "Window"
msgstr "Fenster"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1182
msgid "The widget's window if it is realized"
msgstr "Das Fenster des Widgets, sofern es erkannt wurde"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1196
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Double Buffered"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Doppelt gepuffert"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1197
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is double buffered"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Legt fest, ob das Widget doppelt gepuffert wird"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1212
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "How to position in extra horizontal space"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Positionierung in zusätzlichem horizontalem Platz"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1228
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "How to position in extra vertical space"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Positionierung in zusätzlichem vertikalem Platz"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1247
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Left"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Linker Rand"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1248
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the left side"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Zusätzlicher Platz in Pixel an der linken Seite"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1268
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Right"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Rechter Rand"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1269
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the right side"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Zusätzlicher Platz in Pixeln an der rechten Seite"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1289
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Top"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Oberer Rand"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1290
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the top side"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Zusätzlicher Platz in Pixeln an der oberen Seite"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1310
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Bottom"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Unterer Rand"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1311
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Zusätzlicher Platz in Pixeln an der unteren Seite"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1328
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "All Margins"
msgstr "Alle Ränder"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1329
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on all four sides"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Zusätzlicher Platz in Pixel an allen vier Seiten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1362
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Expand"
msgstr "Horizontal ausbreiten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1363
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether widget wants more horizontal space"
msgstr "Soll das Widget mehr horizontalen Platz benötigen?"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1377
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Expand Set"
msgstr "Horizontale Ausbreitung gesetzt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1378
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the hexpand property"
msgstr "Soll die hexpand-Eigenschaft gesetzt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1392
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Expand"
msgstr "Vertikal ausbreiten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1393
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether widget wants more vertical space"
msgstr "Soll das Widget mehr vertikalen Platz benötigen?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Expand Set"
msgstr "Vertikale Ausbreitung gesetzt"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the vexpand property"
msgstr "Soll die vexpand-Eigenschaft verwendet werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Expand Both"
msgstr "Beide ausbreiten"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1423
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"
msgstr "Soll das Widget in beide Richtungen ausgebreitet werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3130
msgid "Interior Focus"
msgstr "Interner Fokus"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3131
msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
msgstr "Soll der Fokusanzeiger in Widgets dargestellt werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3137
msgid "Focus linewidth"
msgstr "Länge der Fokuszeile"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3138
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
msgstr "Die Breite der Fokusanzeiger-Linie in Pixel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3144
msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
msgstr "Strichelmuster der Fokuszeile"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3145
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
msgstr "Das zum Zeichnen des Fokusanzeigers zu verwendende Strichelmuster"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3150
msgid "Focus padding"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Fokus-Auffüllung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3151
msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
"Der Abstand zwischen dem Fokusanzeiger und dem »Kasten« um das Widget in Pixel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3156
msgid "Cursor color"
msgstr "Zeigerfarbe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3157
msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Die Farbe, in der der Einfügezeiger gezeichnet werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3162
msgid "Secondary cursor color"
msgstr "Zweite Zeigerfarbe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3163
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed "
"right-to-left and left-to-right text"
msgstr ""
"Die Farbe des zweiten Einfügezeigers, wenn rechts- und linksläufiger Text "
"gemischt bearbeitet werden."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3168
msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio"
msgstr "Seitenverhältnis der Zeigerzeile"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3169
msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Das Seitenverhältnis, in dem der Einfügezeiger gezeichnet werden soll"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3175
2010-07-18 18:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Window dragging"
msgstr "Ziehen von Fenstern"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3176
2010-07-18 18:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas"
msgstr ""
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
"Sollen Ziehen von Fenstern durch Klicken in leere Bereiche möglich sein?"
2010-07-18 18:31:28 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3189
msgid "Unvisited Link Color"
msgstr "Farbe für unbesuchte Links"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3190
msgid "Color of unvisited links"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Farbe für unbesuchte Verweise"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3203
msgid "Visited Link Color"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Farbe für besuchte Verweise"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3204
msgid "Color of visited links"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Farbe für besuchte Verweise"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3218
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Wide Separators"
msgstr "Breite Trennbalken"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3219
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box "
"instead of a line"
msgstr ""
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
"Sollen Trennbalken eine festlegbare Breite haben und als Fläche anstatt "
"einer Linie dargestellt werden?"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3233
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Separator Width"
msgstr "Breite der Trennbalken"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3234
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"
msgstr "Die Breite der Trennbalken falls »wide-separators« WAHR ist"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3248
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Separator Height"
msgstr "Höhe der Trennbalken"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3249
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"
msgstr "Die Höhe der Trennbalken falls »wide-separators« WAHR ist"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3263
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Länge horizontaler Rollpfeile"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3264
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"
msgstr "Die Länge horizontaler Rollpfeile"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3278
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Länge vertikaler Rollpfeile"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3279
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "The length of vertical scroll arrows"
msgstr "Die Länge vertikaler Rollpfeile"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:614
msgid "Window Type"
msgstr "Fenstertyp"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:615
msgid "The type of the window"
msgstr "Der Typ des Fensters"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:623
msgid "Window Title"
msgstr "Fenstertitel"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:624
msgid "The title of the window"
msgstr "Der Titel des Fensters"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:631
msgid "Window Role"
msgstr "Fensterrolle"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:632
msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Eindeutige Zeichenkette, die das Fenster beim Wiederherstellen einer Sitzung "
"identifiziert"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:648
msgid "Startup ID"
msgstr "Start-ID"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:649
msgid "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Eindeutige Zeichenkette, die das Fenster beim Starten mittels startup-"
"notification identifiziert."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:657
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
msgstr "Falls WAHR, können Benutzer die Fenstergröße verändern"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:664
msgid "Modal"
msgstr "Modal"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:665
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
"Falls WAHR, ist das Fenster modal (alle anderen Fenster sind nicht "
"verwendbar, während dieses geöffnet ist)"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:672
msgid "Window Position"
msgstr "Fensterposition"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:673
msgid "The initial position of the window"
msgstr "Die Anfangsposition des Fensters"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:681
msgid "Default Width"
msgstr "Vorgabebreite"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:682
msgid "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Vorgabebreite des Fensters. Sie wird beim ersten Anzeigen des Fensters "
"verwendet"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:691
msgid "Default Height"
msgstr "Vorgabehöhe"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:692
2011-10-21 22:38:28 +00:00
msgid ""
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Die Vorgabebreite des Fensters. Sie wird beim ersten Anzeigen des Fensters "
"verwendet."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:701
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
msgstr "Mit Eltern-Widget zerstören"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:702
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Soll dieses Fenster zerstört werden, wenn das Eltern-Widget zerstört wird?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:716
msgid "Hide the titlebar during maximization"
msgstr "Die Titelleiste im maximierten Zustand verbergen"
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:717
msgid "If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximized"
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob die Titelleiste des Fensters angezeigt wird, wenn das Fenster "
"maximiert ist"
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:725
msgid "Icon for this window"
msgstr "Symbol für dieses Fenster"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:743
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonics Visible"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Tastaturkürzel sind sichtbar"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:744
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
2010-02-27 19:33:02 +00:00
msgstr "Sind Tastenkürzel gegenwärtig in diesem Fenster sichtbar?"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:762
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Focus Visible"
msgstr "Zeiger sichtbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:763
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Whether focus rectangles are currently visible in this window"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob »Fokus-Boxen« in diesem Fenster gegenwärtig sichtbar sind"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:779
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
msgstr "Name des Themen-Symbols für dieses Fenster"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:794
msgid "Is Active"
msgstr "Ist Aktiv"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:795
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
msgstr "Ist das momentan aktive Fenster die oberste Ebene?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:802
msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
msgstr "Fokus in der obersten Ebene"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:803
msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
msgstr "Liegt der Eingabefokus innerhalb dieses GtkWindows?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:810
msgid "Type hint"
2009-09-18 19:38:06 +00:00
msgstr "Typ-Hinweis"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:811
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is "
"and how to treat it."
msgstr ""
"Hinweis, der der Arbeitsumgebung dabei hilft, den Typ und die erforderliche "
"Behandlung dieses Fensters zu bestimmen."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:819
msgid "Skip taskbar"
msgstr "Fensterliste übergehen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:820
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"WAHR, falls das Fenster nicht in der Fensterliste aufgeführt werden soll."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:827
msgid "Skip pager"
msgstr "Arbeitsflächen-Umschalter übergehen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:828
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"WAHR, falls das Fenster nicht im Arbeitsflächen-Umschalter aufgeführt werden "
"soll."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:835
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Urgent"
msgstr "Aufdringlich"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:836
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"WAHR, falls das Fenster in den Aufmerksamkeitsbereich des Benutzers gebracht "
"werden soll."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:850
msgid "Accept focus"
msgstr "Fokus annehmen"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:851
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
msgstr "WAHR, falls das Fenster den Eingabefokus erhalten soll."
# CHECK
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:865
msgid "Focus on map"
msgstr "Fokus beim Zuweisen"
# CHECK
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:866
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
msgstr "WAHR, falls das Fenster beim Zuweisen den Eingabefokus erhalten soll."
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:880
msgid "Decorated"
msgstr "Dekoriert"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:881
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgstr "Soll das Fenster von der Fensterverwaltung dekoriert werden?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:895
msgid "Deletable"
msgstr "Entfernbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:896
msgid "Whether the window frame should have a close button"
msgstr "Soll der Fensterrahmen einen »Schließen«-Knopf haben?"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:915
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Resize grip"
msgstr "Anfasser zur Größenänderung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:916
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Specifies whether the window should have a resize grip"
msgstr "Legt fest, ob das Fenster einen Anfasser zur Größenänderung hat"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:930
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Resize grip is visible"
msgstr "Anfasser zur Größenänderung ist sichtbar"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:931
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Specifies whether the window's resize grip is visible."
msgstr ""
"Legt fest, ob der Anfasser zur Größenänderung des Fensters sichtbar ist."
# CHECK
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:947
msgid "Gravity"
msgstr "Schwere"
# CHECK
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:948
msgid "The window gravity of the window"
msgstr "Die Fensterschwere des Fensters"
# CHECK
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:965
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Transient for Window"
msgstr "Flüchtig für Fenster"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:966
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "The transient parent of the dialog"
2011-03-31 07:41:05 +00:00
msgstr "Das vorübergehende Eltern-Widget des Dialogs"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:986
msgid "Attached to Widget"
msgstr "An Widget angeheftet"
# CHECK
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:987
msgid "The widget where the window is attached"
msgstr "Das Widget, dem das Fenster angeheftet ist"
# CHECK
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1002
msgid "Opacity for Window"
msgstr "Transparenz des Fensters"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1003
msgid "The opacity of the window, from 0 to 1"
msgstr "Die Transparenz des Fensters, von 0 bis 1"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1013 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1014
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Width of resize grip"
msgstr "Breite des Anfassers zur Größenänderung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1019 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1020
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "Height of resize grip"
msgstr "Höhe des Anfassers zur Größenänderung"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1042
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "GtkApplication"
msgstr "GtkApplication"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1043
2011-03-17 10:52:54 +00:00
msgid "The GtkApplication for the window"
msgstr "Die GtkApplication des Fensters"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:93
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "Color Profile Title"
msgstr "Titel des Farbprofils"
2010-09-14 21:38:07 +00:00
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#: ../modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:94
2011-08-28 11:40:28 +00:00
msgid "The title of the color profile to use"
msgstr "Der Titel des zu verwendenden Farbprofils"
2012-03-18 21:30:30 +00:00
#~ msgid "Event base"
#~ msgstr "Ereignisbasiert"
#~ msgid "Event base for XInput events"
#~ msgstr "Ereignisbasierung für XInput-Ereignisse"